MacVim r181.1 (prerelease)

Updated to Vim 9.1.1251
Merge pull request #1571 from ychin/fix-shortcut-services-text-input
2026-05-28 00:21:57 +02:00 · 2025-03-28 02:21:59 -07:00 · 2025-03-28 00:01:56 -07:00 · 2025-03-27 23:59:39 -07:00 · 2025-03-27 19:49:56 -07:00 · 2025-03-27 17:31:31 -07:00
628 changed files with 29774 additions and 6629 deletions
@@ -24,6 +24,14 @@ indent_size = 2
 # https://spec.commonmark.org/0.31.2/#hard-line-breaks
 trim_trailing_whitespace = false

+[*.vim]
+indent_style = space
+indent_size = 2
+
+[runtime/pack/dist/opt/{comment,nohlsearch}/**.vim]
+indent_style = space
+indent_size = 4
+
 [runtime/doc/**.txt]
 # It can mess up some documentation by trying to strip trailing whitespaces
 trim_trailing_whitespace = false
@@ -98,6 +98,7 @@ runtime/compiler/se.vim			@dkearns
 runtime/compiler/shellcheck.vim		@dkearns
 runtime/compiler/sml.vim		@dkearns
 runtime/compiler/spectral.vim		@romainl
+runtime/compiler/svelte-check.vim		@Konfekt
 runtime/compiler/stylelint.vim		@dkearns
 runtime/compiler/tcl.vim		@dkearns
 runtime/compiler/tidy.vim		@dkearns
@@ -224,6 +225,7 @@ runtime/ftplugin/liquid.vim		@tpope
 runtime/ftplugin/lua.vim		@dkearns
 runtime/ftplugin/lc.vim			@ribru17
 runtime/ftplugin/lynx.vim		@dkearns
+runtime/ftplugin/m17ndb.vim		@dseomn
 runtime/ftplugin/m3build.vim		@dkearns
 runtime/ftplugin/m3quake.vim		@dkearns
 runtime/ftplugin/markdown.vim		@tpope
@@ -248,6 +250,7 @@ runtime/ftplugin/pbtxt.vim		@lakshayg
 runtime/ftplugin/pdf.vim		@tpope
 runtime/ftplugin/perl.vim		@petdance @dkearns
 runtime/ftplugin/php.vim		@dkearns
+runtime/ftplugin/plsql.vim		@lee-lindley
 runtime/ftplugin/pod.vim		@petdance @dkearns
 runtime/ftplugin/poefilter.vim		@ObserverOfTime
 runtime/ftplugin/postscr.vim		@mrdubya
@@ -282,6 +285,7 @@ runtime/ftplugin/slint.vim		@ribru17
 runtime/ftplugin/snakemake.vim		@ribru17
 runtime/ftplugin/solidity.vim		@cothi
 runtime/ftplugin/solution.vim		@dkearns
+runtime/ftplugin/spajson.vim		@dseomn
 runtime/ftplugin/spec.vim		@ignatenkobrain
 runtime/ftplugin/squirrel.vim		@ribru17
 runtime/ftplugin/ssa.vim		@ObserverOfTime
@@ -293,6 +297,7 @@ runtime/ftplugin/systemverilog.vim	@Kocha
 runtime/ftplugin/swig.vim		@jmarrec
 runtime/ftplugin/tap.vim		@petdance
 runtime/ftplugin/tcsh.vim		@dkearns
+runtime/ftplugin/tera.vim		@MuntasirSZN
 runtime/ftplugin/terraform.vim		@JannoTjarks
 runtime/ftplugin/tf.vim			@ribru17
 runtime/ftplugin/thrift.vim		@jiangyinzuo
@@ -366,6 +371,7 @@ runtime/indent/ld.vim			@dkearns
 runtime/indent/less.vim			@genoma
 runtime/indent/liquid.vim		@tpope
 runtime/indent/lua.vim			@marcuscf
+runtime/indent/m17ndb.vim		@dseomn
 runtime/indent/make.vim			@dkearns
 runtime/indent/meson.vim		@Liambeguin
 runtime/indent/mma.vim			@dkearns
@@ -391,6 +397,7 @@ runtime/indent/scheme.vim		@evhan
 runtime/indent/scss.vim			@tpope
 runtime/indent/sh.vim			@chrisbra
 runtime/indent/solidity.vim		@cothi
+runtime/indent/spajson.vim		@dseomn
 runtime/indent/systemverilog.vim	@Kocha
 runtime/indent/tcl.vim			@dkearns
 runtime/indent/tcsh.vim			@dkearns
@@ -419,6 +426,7 @@ runtime/pack/dist/opt/nohlsearch/		@habamax
 runtime/plugin/manpager.vim		@Konfekt
 runtime/syntax/shared/hgcommitDiff.vim	@vegerot
 runtime/syntax/abaqus.vim		@costerwi
+runtime/syntax/abnf.vim		@A4-Tacks
 runtime/syntax/aidl.vim			@dpelle
 runtime/syntax/ant.vim			@dkearns
 runtime/syntax/antlr4.vim		@jiangyinzuo
@@ -532,6 +540,7 @@ runtime/syntax/liquid.vim		@tpope
 runtime/syntax/lua.vim			@marcuscf
 runtime/syntax/lyrics.vim		@ObserverOfTime
 runtime/syntax/lynx.vim			@dkearns
+runtime/syntax/m17ndb.vim		@dseomn
 runtime/syntax/m3build.vim		@dkearns
 runtime/syntax/m3quake.vim		@dkearns
 runtime/syntax/mailcap.vim		@dkearns
@@ -553,6 +562,7 @@ runtime/syntax/ninja.vim		@nico
 runtime/syntax/nix.vim			@equill
 runtime/syntax/nroff.vim		@jmarshall
 runtime/syntax/nsis.vim			@k-takata
+runtime/syntax/omnimark.vim @kennypete
 runtime/syntax/ondir.vim		@jparise
 runtime/syntax/opencl.vim		@Freed-Wu
 runtime/syntax/openvpn.vim		@ObserverOfTime
@@ -570,6 +580,7 @@ runtime/syntax/postscr.vim		@mrdubya
 runtime/syntax/privoxy.vim		@dkearns
 runtime/syntax/progress.vim		@rdnlsmith
 runtime/syntax/prolog.vim		@XVilka
+runtime/syntax/prql.vim			@vanillajonathan
 runtime/syntax/ps1.vim			@heaths
 runtime/syntax/ps1xml.vim		@heaths
 runtime/syntax/psl.vim			@danielkho
@@ -601,6 +612,7 @@ runtime/syntax/sed.vim			@dkearns
 runtime/syntax/shared/debversions.vim	@jamessan
 runtime/syntax/shaderslang.vim          @mTvare6
 runtime/syntax/solidity.vim		@cothi
+runtime/syntax/spajson.vim		@dseomn
 runtime/syntax/spec.vim			@ignatenkobrain
 runtime/syntax/sqloracle.vim		@chrisbra
 runtime/syntax/squirrel.vim		@zenmatic
@@ -615,6 +627,7 @@ runtime/syntax/swig.vim			@jmarrec
 runtime/syntax/systemverilog.vim	@Kocha
 runtime/syntax/tap.vim			@petdance
 runtime/syntax/tcsh.vim			@dkearns
+runtime/syntax/tera.vim			@MuntasirSZN
 runtime/syntax/teraterm.vim		@k-takata
 runtime/syntax/terraform.vim		@gpanders
 runtime/syntax/thrift.vim		@jiangyinzuo
@@ -52,6 +52,7 @@ jobs:
      os: ${{ matrix.os }}
      legacy: ${{ matrix.legacy && true || false }}
      xcode: ${{ matrix.xcode }}
+      testgui: ${{ matrix.testgui && true || false }}
      publish: ${{ matrix.publish && true || false }}
      publish_postfix: ${{ matrix.publish_postfix }}
      optimized: ${{ matrix.optimized && true || false }}
@@ -13,6 +13,8 @@ on:
        type: boolean
      xcode:
        type: string
+      testgui:
+        type: boolean
      publish:
        type: boolean
      publish_postfix:
@@ -363,7 +365,7 @@ jobs:
          make ${MAKE_BUILD_ARGS} -j${NPROC} -C src unittesttargets

      - name: Test Vim
-        if: startsWith(github.ref, 'refs/tags/') || !matrix.testgui
+        if: startsWith(github.ref, 'refs/tags/') || !inputs.testgui
        timeout-minutes: 30
        run: |
          defaults delete org.vim.MacVim  # Clean up stale states
@@ -373,7 +375,7 @@ jobs:
          make ${MAKE_BUILD_ARGS} -C src test

      - name: Test Vim (GUI)
-        if: startsWith(github.ref, 'refs/tags/') || matrix.testgui
+        if: startsWith(github.ref, 'refs/tags/') || inputs.testgui
        timeout-minutes: 30
        run: |
          defaults delete org.vim.MacVim  # Clean up stale states
@@ -148,6 +148,11 @@ src/xxd/xxd
 src/xxd/xxd.dSYM
 src/a.out.dSYM

+runtime/syntax/testdir/done/
+runtime/syntax/testdir/messages
+runtime/syntax/testdir/testdeps.mk
+runtime/syntax/testdir/vimcmd
+
 # Generated by "make install"
 runtime/doc/doctags
 runtime/doc/tags-*
@@ -98,21 +98,33 @@ src/json_test
 src/message_test
 src/kword_test

+runtime/syntax/testdir/done/
+runtime/syntax/testdir/messages
+runtime/syntax/testdir/testdeps.mk
+runtime/syntax/testdir/vimcmd
+
 # Generated by "make install"
 runtime/doc/doctags
 runtime/doc/tags-*

+# Temporarily generated by "runtime/syntax/generator/make"
+runtime/syntax/generator/generator.err
+runtime/syntax/generator/sanity_check.err
+runtime/syntax/generator/vim.vim.rc
+
 # Generated by "make shadow".  The directory names could be anything but we
 # restrict them to shadow (the default) or shadow-*
 src/shadow
 src/shadow-*
 src/runtime
 src/pixmaps
+src/LICENSE
+src/README.txt

 # other files possibly created by tools
 src/cscope.out

 # Linter/language server files
-/.cache/clangd/
-/.ccls-cache/
-/compile_commands.json
+.cache/clangd/
+.ccls-cache/
+compile_commands.json
@@ -21,6 +21,31 @@ Contributions will be distributed with Vim under the Vim license.  Providing a
 change to be included implies that you agree with this and your contribution
 does not cause us trouble with trademarks or patents.  There is no CLA to sign.

+## Signing-off commits
+
+While not required, it's recommended to use **Signed-off commits** to ensure
+transparency, accountability, and compliance with open-source best practices.
+Signed-off commits follow the [Developer Certificate of Origin (DCO)][15],
+which confirms that contributors have the right to submit their changes under
+the project's license.  This process adds a `Signed-off-by` line to commit
+messages, verifying that the contributor agrees to the project's licensing
+terms.  To sign off a commit, simply use the -s flag when committing:
+
+```sh
+git commit -s
+```  
+
+This ensures that every contribution is properly documented and traceable,
+aligning with industry standards used in projects like the Linux Kernel or
+the git project.  By making Signed-off commits a standard practice, we help
+maintain a legally compliant and well-governed codebase while fostering trust
+within our contributor community. 
+
+When merging PRs into Vim, the current maintainer @chrisbra usually adds missing
+`Signed-off-by` trailers for the author user name and email address as well for
+anybody that explicitly *ACK*s a pull request as a statement that those
+approvers are happy with that particular change.
+
 # Reporting issues

 We use GitHub issues, but that is not a requirement.  Writing to the Vim
@@ -113,3 +138,4 @@ mailing list. For other questions please use the [Vi Stack Exchange][8] website,
 [12]: https://github.com/vim/vim/blob/master/src/testdir/test_filetype.vim
 [13]: https://github.com/vim/vim/blob/master/runtime/doc/filetype.txt
 [14]: https://github.com/vim/vim/blob/master/runtime/doc/syntax.txt
+[15]: https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Developer_Certificate_of_Origin
@@ -157,6 +157,7 @@ SRC_ALL =	\
 		src/textobject.c \
 		src/textprop.c \
 		src/time.c \
+		src/tuple.c \
 		src/typval.c \
 		src/ui.c \
 		src/undo.c \
@@ -223,6 +224,7 @@ SRC_ALL =	\
 		src/testdir/samples/*.html \
 		src/testdir/samples/*.txt \
 		src/testdir/samples/*.vim \
+		src/testdir/samples/poc.zip \
 		src/testdir/samples/test000 \
 		src/testdir/samples/test.zip \
 		src/testdir/samples/test_undo.txt.undo \
@@ -338,6 +340,7 @@ SRC_ALL =	\
 		src/proto/textobject.pro \
 		src/proto/textprop.pro \
 		src/proto/time.pro \
+		src/proto/tuple.pro \
 		src/proto/typval.pro \
 		src/proto/ui.pro \
 		src/proto/undo.pro \
@@ -771,16 +774,16 @@ RT_ALL =	\
 		runtime/tools/[a-z]*[a-z0-9] \
 		runtime/tutor/README.txt \
 		runtime/tutor/tutor1 \
+		runtime/tutor/tutor1.utf-8 \
 		runtime/tutor/en/vim-01-beginner.tutor \
 		runtime/tutor/en/vim-01-beginner.tutor.json \
-		runtime/tutor/it/vim-01-beginner.tutor \
-		runtime/tutor/it/vim-01-beginner.tutor.json \
-		runtime/tutor/sr/vim-01-beginner.tutor \
-		runtime/tutor/sr/vim-01-beginner.tutor.json \
+		runtime/tutor/en/vim-02-beginner.tutor \
+		runtime/tutor/en/vim-02-beginner.tutor.json \
 		runtime/tutor/tutor.tutor \
 		runtime/tutor/tutor.tutor.json \
 		runtime/tutor/tutor.vim \
 		runtime/tutor/tutor2 \
+		runtime/tutor/tutor2.utf-8 \
 		runtime/vimrc_example.vim \
 		runtime/pack/dist/opt/cfilter/plugin/cfilter.vim \
 		runtime/pack/dist/opt/comment/plugin/comment.vim \
@@ -804,6 +807,7 @@ RT_ALL =	\
 		runtime/pack/dist/opt/editorconfig/plugin/editorconfig.vim \
 		runtime/pack/dist/opt/helptoc/autoload/helptoc.vim \
 		runtime/pack/dist/opt/helptoc/plugin/helptoc.vim \
+		runtime/pack/dist/opt/hlyank/plugin/hlyank.vim \
 		runtime/pack/dist/opt/justify/plugin/justify.vim \
 		runtime/pack/dist/opt/matchit/plugin/matchit.vim \
 		runtime/pack/dist/opt/matchit/doc/matchit.txt \
@@ -816,7 +820,9 @@ RT_ALL =	\
 		runtime/pack/dist/opt/netrw/LICENSE.txt \
 		runtime/pack/dist/opt/netrw/README.md \
 		runtime/pack/dist/opt/netrw/autoload/netrw.vim \
-		runtime/pack/dist/opt/netrw/autoload/netrw/own.vim \
+		runtime/pack/dist/opt/netrw/autoload/netrw/fs.vim \
+		runtime/pack/dist/opt/netrw/autoload/netrw/os.vim \
+		runtime/pack/dist/opt/netrw/autoload/netrw/msg.vim \
 		runtime/pack/dist/opt/netrw/autoload/netrwSettings.vim \
 		runtime/pack/dist/opt/netrw/autoload/netrw_gitignore.vim \
 		runtime/pack/dist/opt/netrw/doc/netrw.txt \
@@ -876,6 +882,7 @@ RT_SCRIPTS =	\
 		runtime/syntax/testdir/input/setup/*.* \
 		runtime/syntax/testdir/dumps/*.dump \
 		runtime/syntax/testdir/dumps/*.vim \
+		runtime/syntax/testdir/tools/* \
 		runtime/syntax/generator/Makefile \
 		runtime/syntax/generator/README.md \
 		runtime/syntax/generator/gen_syntax_vim.vim \
@@ -1074,7 +1081,16 @@ LANG_GEN = \
 		runtime/tutor/README.*.txt \
 		runtime/tutor/Makefile \
 		runtime/tutor/Make_all.mak \
-		runtime/tutor/tutor1.utf-8 \
+		runtime/tutor/it/vim-01-beginner.tutor \
+		runtime/tutor/it/vim-01-beginner.tutor.json \
+		runtime/tutor/ru/vim-01-beginner.tutor \
+		runtime/tutor/ru/vim-01-beginner.tutor.json \
+		runtime/tutor/ru/vim-02-beginner.tutor \
+		runtime/tutor/ru/vim-02-beginner.tutor.json \
+		runtime/tutor/sr/vim-01-beginner.tutor \
+		runtime/tutor/sr/vim-01-beginner.tutor.json \
+		runtime/tutor/sr/vim-02-beginner.tutor \
+		runtime/tutor/sr/vim-02-beginner.tutor.json \
 		runtime/tutor/tutor1.?? \
 		runtime/tutor/tutor1.??.utf-8 \
 		runtime/tutor/tutor1.??.euc \
@@ -1087,7 +1103,6 @@ LANG_GEN = \
 		runtime/tutor/tutor1.??_??.utf-8 \
 		runtime/tutor/tutor1.bar \
 		runtime/tutor/tutor1.bar.utf-8 \
-		runtime/tutor/tutor2.utf-8 \
 		runtime/tutor/tutor2.?? \
 		runtime/tutor/tutor2.??.utf-8 \
 		runtime/spell/README.txt \
@@ -1148,6 +1163,8 @@ IGNORE = \
 		.github/workflows/label.yml \
 		SECURITY.md \
 		ci/unlisted.make \
+		ci/hlgroups.make \
+		ci/hlgroups.ignore \
 		src/libvterm/CODE-MAP \
 		runtime/syntax/testdir/input/html_html \

@@ -63,6 +63,7 @@ VIM_FOR_SYNTAXTEST = ../../src/vim

 # (For local testing only with GNU Make.)
 VIM_SYNTAX_TEST_FILTER =
+VIM_SYNTAX_TEST_WAIT_TIME =

 syntaxtest:
 	cd runtime/syntax && \
@@ -0,0 +1,66 @@
+ColorColumn
+ComplMatchIns
+Conceal
+Cursor
+CursorColumn
+CursorIM
+CursorLine
+CursorLineNr
+debugBreakpoint
+debugPC
+DiffAdd
+DiffChange
+DiffDelete
+DiffText
+Directory
+ErrorMsg
+FoldColumn
+Folded
+Ignore
+IncSearch
+lCursor
+LineNr
+LineNrAbove
+LineNrBelow
+MatchParen
+Menu
+ModeMsg
+MoreMsg
+MsgArea
+NonText
+Normal
+Pmenu
+PmenuSbar
+PmenuSel
+PmenuThumb
+Question
+Scrollbar
+Search
+SignColumn
+SpecialKey
+SpellBad
+SpellCap
+SpellLocal
+SpellRare
+StatusLine
+StatusLineNC
+StatusLineTerm
+StatusLineTermNC
+TabLine
+TabLineFill
+TabLineSel
+Terminal
+Title
+TOhtmlProgress
+TOhtml-progress-color
+ToolbarButton
+ToolbarLine
+Tooltip
+User1
+User1..9
+User9
+VertSplit
+Visual
+VisualNOS
+WarningMsg
+WildMenu
@@ -0,0 +1,18 @@
+# vim: ft=make
+SHELL = /bin/bash
+
+# Default target to actually run the comparison:
+.PHONY: check
+.INTERMEDIATE: hlgroups deflinks hlgroups.stripped
+
+check: hlgroups.stripped deflinks
+	diff hlgroups.stripped deflinks
+
+hlgroups:
+	grep '\*hl-' ../runtime/doc/*txt | sed -E -e 's/.*:<?\s*//' -e 's/hl-//g' -e 's/\*//g' -e 's/ /\n/g' | sort > hlgroups
+
+deflinks: ../src/highlight.c
+	grep '"default link'  $< | sed 's/.*default link\s*\(.*\)\s.*/\1/' | sort > deflinks
+
+hlgroups.stripped: hlgroups.ignore hlgroups
+	grep -v -x -F -f hlgroups.ignore hlgroups > hlgroups.stripped
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@ $(eval all_patterns := $(shell \
 			p; \
 		}'))

-# In Makefile's `prepeare` target, all the IN_README_DIR files are moved from
+# In Makefile's `prepare` target, all the IN_README_DIR files are moved from
 # READMEdir to the root, so add those files in their Git-tracked location:
 all_patterns := $(all_patterns) \
 	$(foreach readme, $(IN_README_DIR), READMEdir/$(readme))
@@ -0,0 +1,81 @@
+LICENÇA DO VIM
+
+I) Não há restrições para distribuir cópias não modificadas do Vim, exceto
+   que elas devem incluir este texto de licença. Você também pode distribuir
+   partes não modificadas do Vim, igualmente irrestritas, exceto que elas
+   devem incluir este texto de licença. Você também tem permissão para incluir
+   executáveis que você fez a partir das fontes não modificadas do Vim, além 
+   de seus próprios exemplos de uso e scripts do Vim.
+
+II) É permitido distribuir uma versão modificada (ou estendida) do Vim,
+    incluindo executáveis e/ou código-fonte, quando as quatro
+    condições a seguir forem atendidas:
+    1) Este texto de licença deve ser incluído sem modificações.
+    2) O Vim modificado deve ser distribuído de uma das cinco formas a seguir:
+       a) Se você fizer alterações no Vim, deverá descrever claramente na
+          distribuição como entrar em contato com você. Quando o mantenedor
+          solicitar a você (de qualquer forma) uma cópia do Vim modificado que
+          você distribuiu, você deverá disponibilizar suas alterações,
+          incluindo o código-fonte, ao mantenedor sem taxa. O mantenedor
+          reserva o direito de incluir suas alterações na versão oficial
+          do Vim. O que o mantenedor fará com suas alterações e sob qual
+          licença elas serão distribuídas é negociável. Se não houve negociação
+          então esta licença, ou uma versão posterior, também se aplica às suas
+          alterações. Os mantenedores atuais estão listados aqui:
+          https://github.com/orgs/vim/people. Se isso mudar, será anunciado em
+          lugares apropriados (provavelmente vim.sf.net, www.vim.org e/ou
+          comp.editors). Quando for completamente impossível contatar o
+          mantenedor, a obrigação de enviar a ele suas alterações cessa.
+          Uma vez que o mantenedor tenha confirmado que ele recebeu suas
+          alterações, elas não precisarão ser enviadas novamente.
+       b) Se você recebeu um Vim modificado que foi distribuído como
+          mencionado em a), você tem permissão para distribuí-lo sem
+          modificações, como mencionado em I). Se você fizer alterações
+          adicionais, o texto em a) se aplica a essas alterações.
+       c) Forneça todas as alterações, incluindo o código-fonte, com cada cópia
+          do Vim modificado que você distribuir. Isso pode ser feito na forma
+          de um diff de contexto. Você pode escolher qual licença usar para o
+          novo código que você adicionar. As alterações e sua licença não devem
+          restringir outros de fazer suas próprias alterações na versão oficial
+          do Vim.
+       d) Quando você tem um Vim modificado que inclui alterações conforme
+          mencionado em c), você pode distribuí-lo sem o código-fonte para as
+          alterações se as três condições a seguir forem atendidas:
+          - A licença que se aplica às alterações permite que você distribua
+            as alterações para o mantenedor do Vim sem taxa ou restrição, e
+            permite que o mantenedor do Vim inclua as alterações na
+            versão oficial do Vim sem taxa ou restrição.
+          - Você mantém as alterações por pelo menos três anos após a última
+            distribuição do Vim modificado correspondente. Quando o mantenedor
+            ou alguém para quem você distribuiu o Vim modificado solicitar a
+            você (de qualquer forma) as alterações dentro deste período, você
+            deve disponibilizá-las a ele.
+          - Você descreve claramente na distribuição como entrar em contato
+            com você. Estas informações de contato devem permanecer válidas por
+            pelo menos três anos após a última distribuição do Vim modificado
+            correspondente, ou pelo maior tempo possível.
+       e) Quando a Licença Pública Geral GNU (GPL) se aplica às alterações,
+          você pode distribuir o Vim modificado sob a GNU GPL versão 2 ou
+          qualquer versão posterior.
+    3) Uma mensagem deve ser adicionada, no mínimo na saída do comando
+       ":version" e na tela de introdução, de modo que o usuário do Vim
+       modificado seja capaz de ver que ele foi modificado. Ao distribuir
+       conforme mencionado em 2)e), só é necessário adicionar a mensagem
+       na medida em que isso não entre em conflito com a licença usada para
+       as alterações.
+    4) As informações de contato conforme exigido em 2)a) e 2)d) não devem ser
+       removidas ou alteradas, exceto que a própria pessoa pode fazer
+       correções.
+
+III) Se você distribuir uma versão modificada do Vim, encorajamos que use
+     a licença do Vim para suas alterações e disponibilizá-las ao
+     mantenedor, incluindo o código-fonte. A maneira preferida de fazer isso é
+     por e-mail ou enviando os arquivos para um servidor e enviando a URL por
+     e-mail. Se o número de alterações for pequeno (por exemplo, um Makefile
+     modificado), enviar um diff de contexto por e-mail será suficiente.
+     O endereço de e-mail a ser usado é <maintainer@vim.org>
+
+IV) Não é permitido remover esta licença da distribuição das fontes do Vim,
+    partes dela ou de uma versão modificada. Você pode usar esta licença
+    para versões anteriores do Vim em vez da licença com a qual elas vieram,
+    a seu critério.
@@ -0,0 +1,131 @@
+README.txt para a versão 9.1 do Vim: Vi IMproved.
+
+O QUE É VIM?
+
+Vim é uma versão muito melhorada do bom e velho editor UNIX Vi. Muitos novos
+recursos foram adicionados: desfazer multinível, destaque de sintaxe, histórico
+de linha de comando, ajuda on-line, verificação ortográfica, completar
+nome de arquivo, operações de bloco, linguagem de script, etc. Há também uma
+interface gráfica (GUI) disponível. Ainda assim, a compatibilidade com Vi é
+mantida, aqueles que têm Vi "nos dedos" se sentirão em casa.
+Veja "runtime/doc/vi_diff.txt" para diferenças com Vi.
+
+Este editor é muito útil para editar programas e outros arquivos de texto
+simples. Todos os comandos são fornecidos com caracteres normais do teclado,
+então aqueles que podem digitar com dez dedos podem trabalhar muito rápido.
+Além disso, as teclas de função podem ser mapeadas para comandos pelo usuário,
+e o mouse pode ser usado.
+
+O Vim funciona em MS-Windows (7, 8, 10, 11), macOS, Haiku, VMS e quase todos
+os sabores do UNIX. A portabilidade para outros sistemas não deve ser difícil.
+Versões mais antigas do Vim rodam em MS-DOS, MS-Windows 95/98/Me/NT/2000/XP/Vista,
+Amiga DOS, Atari MiNT, BeOS, RISC OS e OS/2. Eles não são mais mantidos.
+
+DISTRIBUIÇÃO
+
+Você pode frequentemente usar seu gerenciador de pacotes favorito para
+instalar o Vim. No Mac e Linux, uma pequena versão do Vim é pré-instalada,
+você ainda precisa instalar o Vim se quiser mais recursos.
+
+Existem distribuições separadas para Unix, PC, Amiga e alguns outros sistemas.
+Este arquivo README.txt vem com o arquivo de tempo de execução. Ele inclui a
+documentação, arquivos de sintaxe e outros arquivos que são usados em
+tempo de execução. Para executar o Vim, você deve obter um dos arquivos
+binários ou um arquivo fonte. Qual deles você precisa depende do sistema em
+que deseja executá-lo e se você deseja ou deve compilá-lo você mesmo.
+Verifique "https://www.vim.org/download.php" para uma visão geral das
+distribuições disponíveis atualmente.
+
+Alguns lugares populares para obter o Vim mais recente:
+* Confira o repositório git do github: https://github.com/vim/vim.
+* Obtenha o código-fonte como um arquivo: https://github.com/vim/vim/tags.
+* Obtenha um executável do Windows do repositório vim-win32-installer:
+https://github.com/vim/vim-win32-installer/releases.
+
+COMPILAR
+
+Se você obteve uma distribuição binária, não precisa compilar o Vim. Se você
+obteve uma distribuição de origem, todo o material para compilar o Vim está no
+diretório "src". Veja src/INSTALL para instruções.
+
+INSTALAÇÃO
+
+Veja um desses arquivos para instruções específicas do sistema. No diretório
+READMEdir (no repositório) ou no diretório superior (se você descompactar um
+arquivo):
+
+README_ami.txt		Amiga
+README_unix.txt		Unix
+README_dos.txt		MS-DOS e MS-Windows
+README_mac.txt		Macintosh
+README_haiku.txt	Haiku
+README_vms.txt		VMS
+
+Existem outros arquivos README_*.txt, dependendo da distribuição que você usou.
+
+DOCUMENTAÇÃO
+
+O tutor do Vim é um curso de treinamento de uma hora para iniciantes.
+Frequentemente, ele pode ser iniciado como "vimtutor". Veja ":help tutor"
+para mais informações.
+
+O melhor é usar ":help" no Vim. Se você ainda não tem um executável, leia
+"runtime/doc/help.txt". Ele contém direcionamentos para os outros arquivos
+de documentação. O Manual do Usuário é lido como um livro e é recomendado
+para aprender a usar o Vim. Veja ":help user-manual".
+
+CÓPIA
+
+O Vim é um Charityware. Você pode usá-lo e copiá-lo o quanto quiser, mas
+encorajamos que faça uma doação para ajudar órfãos em Uganda. Leia o arquivo
+"runtime/doc/uganda.txt" para detalhes (execute ":help uganda" dentro do Vim).
+
+Resumo da licença: Não há restrições quanto ao uso ou distribuição de uma
+cópia não modificada do Vim. Partes do Vim também podem ser distribuídas, mas
+o texto da licença deve sempre ser incluído. Para versões modificadas, algumas
+restrições se aplicam. A licença é compatível com GPL, você pode compilar o Vim
+com bibliotecas GPL e distribuí-lo.
+
+PATROCÍNIO
+
+Corrigir bugs e adicionar novos recursos exige muito tempo e esforço.
+Para mostrar seu apreço pelo trabalho e motivar os desenvolvedores a continuar
+trabalhando no Vim, envie uma doação.
+
+O dinheiro que você doou será usado principalmente para ajudar crianças em
+Uganda. Veja "runtime/doc/uganda.txt". Mas, ao mesmo tempo, as doações aumentam
+a motivação da equipe de desenvolvimento para continuar trabalhando no Vim!
+
+Para as informações mais recentes sobre patrocínio, consulte o site do Vim:
+  https://www.vim.org/sponsor/
+
+CONTRIBUIÇÕES
+
+Se você gostaria de ajudar a tornar o Vim melhor, veja o arquivo CONTRIBUTING.md.
+
+INFORMAÇÕES
+
+Se você estiver no macOS, pode usar o MacVim: https://macvim.org
+
+As últimas notícias sobre o Vim podem ser encontradas na página inicial do Vim:
+  https://www.vim.org/
+
+Se você tiver problemas, dê uma olhada na documentação ou dicas do Vim:
+  https://www.vim.org/docs.php
+  https://vim.fandom.com/wiki/Vim_Tips_Wiki
+
+Se você ainda tiver problemas ou quaisquer outras perguntas, use uma das listas
+de discussão para discuti-las com usuários e desenvolvedores do Vim:
+  https://www.vim.org/maillist.php
+
+Se nada mais funcionar, relate os bugs diretamente para a lista de discussão
+vim-dev:
+  <vim-dev@vim.org>
+
+AUTOR PRINCIPAL
+
+A maior parte do Vim foi criada por Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>,
+":help Bram-Moolenaar"
+
+Envie quaisquer outros comentários, patches, flores e sugestões para
+a lista de discussão vim-dev: <vim-dev@vim.org>
@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
 # NSIS file to create a self-installing exe for Vim.
 # It requires NSIS version 3.0 or later.
-# Last Change:	2025 Jan 05
+# Last Change:	2025 Feb 24

 Unicode true

@@ -216,6 +216,7 @@ Page custom SetCustom ValidateCustom

 # Include support for other languages:
 !if ${HAVE_MULTI_LANG}
+    !include "lang\portuguesebr.nsi"
    !include "lang\danish.nsi"
    !include "lang\dutch.nsi"
    !include "lang\german.nsi"
@@ -806,7 +807,8 @@ Function .onInit
  ClearErrors
  System::Call 'kernel32::GetUserDefaultLocaleName(t.r19, *i${NSIS_MAX_STRLEN})'
  StrCmp $R9 "zh-cn" coincide 0
-  StrCmp $R9 "zh-tw" 0 part
+  StrCmp $R9 "zh-tw" coincide 0
+  StrCmp $R9 "pt-br" 0 part
  coincide:
  System::Call 'User32::CharLower(t r19 r19)*i${NSIS_MAX_STRLEN}'
  ${StrRep} $lng_usr "$R9" "-" "_"
@@ -18,6 +18,13 @@ allowable length of strings.  For example:
 drop-down lists on the .vimrc page - 55 characters.
 Characters in this case mean characters of the English alphabet.

+Once the message translation file is ready, it must be included in the
+"gvim.nsi" file.
+Find the line "# Include support for other languages:" in the file "gvim.nsi"
+and specify the name of the file with your translation below the line
+!if ${HAVE_MULTI_LANG}, similar to the entries already there. File names are
+specified in alphabetical order.
+
 If you do not yet have a translated "LICENSE" file and/or a main "README.txt"
 file, set the following values:

@@ -32,3 +39,25 @@ variables similarly to what is done in the other translation files.
 Translation files should be located in the "lang" subdirectory of the root
 directory. The name of the files is as follows: "README.xx.txt", where xx is the
 language code according to ISO639.
+
+
+There are two ways to test the installer in different languages:
+
+1. Find and uncomment the "!define MUI_LANGDLL_ALWAYSSHOW" line in the
+   "gvim.nsi" file and rebuild the installer.
+   Now every time you run it, you will see a dialog box with the possibility to
+   select the language of the installer.
+
+2. If the Vim editor is already installed in your system, delete the
+   "Installer Language" parameter in the Windows registry under
+   "HKEY_CURRENT_USER\Software\Vim".
+   Or you can create a file "NoLangInstallerVim.reg" with the following content:
+
+	Windows Registry Editor Version 5.00
+
+	[HKEY_CURRENT_USER\Software\Vim]
+	"Installer Language"=-
+
+   and apply it by double-clicking on it.
+   After these steps, when you start the installer, a window with the installer
+   language selection will also be displayed. 
@@ -0,0 +1,291 @@
+# vi:set ts=8 sts=4 sw=4 et fdm=marker:
+#
+# portuguesebr.nsi: Brazilian Portuguese strings for gvim NSIS installer.
+#
+# Locale ID    : 1046 
+# Locale Name  : pt-BR
+# fileencoding : UTF-8
+# Author       : Rafael Fontenelle
+
+!insertmacro MUI_LANGUAGE "PortugueseBR"
+
+
+# Overwrite the default translation.
+# These strings should be always English.  Otherwise dosinst.c fails.
+LangString ^SetupCaption     ${LANG_PORTUGUESEBR} \
+        "Configuração do $(^Name)"
+LangString ^UninstallCaption ${LANG_PORTUGUESEBR} \
+        "Desinstalação do $(^Name)"
+
+##############################################################################
+# License file for the license page                                       {{{1
+##############################################################################
+
+LicenseLangString page_lic_file ${LANG_PORTUGUESEBR} "..\lang\LICENSE.pt_br.nsis.txt"
+
+##############################################################################
+# README.txt file, which is opened after installation                     {{{1
+##############################################################################
+
+LangString vim_readme_file ${LANG_PORTUGUESEBR} "README.pt_br.txt"
+
+##############################################################################
+# MUI Configuration Strings                                               {{{1
+##############################################################################
+
+#LangString str_dest_folder          ${LANG_PORTUGUESEBR} \
+#    "Pasta de destino (Deve terminar com $\"vim$\")"
+
+LangString str_show_readme          ${LANG_PORTUGUESEBR} \
+    "Mostrar o README ao concluir a instalação"
+
+# Install types:
+LangString str_type_typical         ${LANG_PORTUGUESEBR} \
+    "Típica"
+
+LangString str_type_minimal         ${LANG_PORTUGUESEBR} \
+    "Mínima"
+
+LangString str_type_full            ${LANG_PORTUGUESEBR} \
+    "Completa"
+
+
+##############################################################################
+# Section Titles & Description                                            {{{1
+##############################################################################
+
+LangString str_section_old_ver      ${LANG_PORTUGUESEBR} \
+    "Desinstalar versões existentes"
+LangString str_desc_old_ver         ${LANG_PORTUGUESEBR} \
+    "Desinstala versões do Vim existentes no seu sistema."
+
+LangString str_section_exe          ${LANG_PORTUGUESEBR} \
+    "Vim GUI e arquivos de runtime"
+LangString str_desc_exe             ${LANG_PORTUGUESEBR} \
+    "Executáveis e arquivos de runtime do Vim GUI. Este componente \
+     é obrigatório."
+
+LangString str_section_console      ${LANG_PORTUGUESEBR} \
+    "Programa de console do Vim"
+LangString str_desc_console         ${LANG_PORTUGUESEBR} \
+    "Versão de console do Vim (vim.exe)."
+
+LangString str_section_batch        ${LANG_PORTUGUESEBR} \
+    "Criar arquivos .bat"
+LangString str_desc_batch           ${LANG_PORTUGUESEBR} \
+    "Cria arquivos .bat para variantes do Vim no diretório Windows para \
+     usar na linha de comando."
+
+LangString str_group_icons          ${LANG_PORTUGUESEBR} \
+    "Criar ícones para o Vim"
+LangString str_desc_icons           ${LANG_PORTUGUESEBR} \
+    "Cria ícones para Vim em vários locais para facilitar o acesso rápido."
+
+LangString str_section_desktop      ${LANG_PORTUGUESEBR} \
+    "Na área de trabalho"
+LangString str_desc_desktop         ${LANG_PORTUGUESEBR} \
+    "Cria ícones para executáveis do gVim na área de trabalho."
+
+LangString str_section_start_menu   ${LANG_PORTUGUESEBR} \
+    "Na pasta Programas do Menu Iniciar"
+LangString str_desc_start_menu      ${LANG_PORTUGUESEBR} \
+    "Adiciona Vim na pasta de programas do menu iniciar."
+
+#LangString str_section_quick_launch ${LANG_PORTUGUESEBR} \
+#    "Na barra de Inicialização Rápida"
+#LangString str_desc_quick_launch    ${LANG_PORTUGUESEBR} \
+#    "Adiciona um atalho para o Vim na barra de inicialização rápida."
+
+LangString str_section_edit_with    ${LANG_PORTUGUESEBR} \
+    "Adicionar menu de contexto do Vim"
+LangString str_desc_edit_with       ${LANG_PORTUGUESEBR} \
+    "Adiciona o Vim à lista $\"Abrir com...$\" do menu de contexto."
+
+#LangString str_section_edit_with32  ${LANG_PORTUGUESEBR} \
+#    "Versão 32 bits"
+#LangString str_desc_edit_with32     ${LANG_PORTUGUESEBR} \
+#    "Adiciona o Vim à lista $\"Abrir com...$\" do menu de contexto \
+#     para aplicativos 32 bits."
+
+#LangString str_section_edit_with64  ${LANG_PORTUGUESEBR} \
+#    "Versão 64 bits"
+#LangString str_desc_edit_with64     ${LANG_PORTUGUESEBR} \
+#    "Adiciona o Vim à lista $\"Abrir com...$\" do menu de contexto \
+#     para aplicativos 64 bits."
+
+LangString str_section_vim_rc       ${LANG_PORTUGUESEBR} \
+    "Criar configuração padrão"
+LangString str_desc_vim_rc          ${LANG_PORTUGUESEBR} \
+    "Cria um arquivo de configuração padrão (_vimrc) se não já existir."
+
+LangString str_group_plugin         ${LANG_PORTUGUESEBR} \
+    "Criar diretórios de plugins"
+LangString str_desc_plugin          ${LANG_PORTUGUESEBR} \
+    "Cria diretórios de plugins. Diretórios de plugins permitem estender \
+     o Vim adicionando um arquivo a um direótrio."
+
+LangString str_section_plugin_home  ${LANG_PORTUGUESEBR} \
+    "Privados"
+LangString str_desc_plugin_home     ${LANG_PORTUGUESEBR} \
+    "Cria diretórios de plugins no diretório HOME."
+
+LangString str_section_plugin_vim   ${LANG_PORTUGUESEBR} \
+    "Compartilhados"
+LangString str_desc_plugin_vim      ${LANG_PORTUGUESEBR} \
+    "Cria diretórios de plugins no diretório de instalação do Vim, \
+     o qual é usado por todos os usuários do sistema."
+
+LangString str_section_nls          ${LANG_PORTUGUESEBR} \
+    "Suporte ao idioma nativo"
+LangString str_desc_nls             ${LANG_PORTUGUESEBR} \
+    "Instala arquivos para suporte ao idioma nativo."
+
+LangString str_unsection_register   ${LANG_PORTUGUESEBR} \
+    "Desregistrar Vim"
+LangString str_desc_unregister      ${LANG_PORTUGUESEBR} \
+    "Remove os registras do Vim do sistema."
+
+LangString str_unsection_exe        ${LANG_PORTUGUESEBR} \
+    "Remover arquivos executáveis/runtime do Vim"
+LangString str_desc_rm_exe          ${LANG_PORTUGUESEBR} \
+    "Remove todos os arquivos executáveis e de runtime do Vim."
+
+LangString str_ungroup_plugin       ${LANG_PORTUGUESEBR} \
+    "Remover diretórios de plugins"
+LangString str_desc_rm_plugin       ${LANG_PORTUGUESEBR} \
+    "Remove os diretórios de plugins se eles estiverem vazios."
+
+LangString str_unsection_plugin_home ${LANG_PORTUGUESEBR} \
+    "Privados"
+LangString str_desc_rm_plugin_home  ${LANG_PORTUGUESEBR} \
+    "Remove os diretórios de plugins do diretório HOME."
+
+LangString str_unsection_plugin_vim ${LANG_PORTUGUESEBR} \
+    "Compartilhados"
+LangString str_desc_rm_plugin_vim   ${LANG_PORTUGUESEBR} \
+    "Remove os diretórios de plugins do diretório de instalação do Vim."
+
+LangString str_unsection_rootdir    ${LANG_PORTUGUESEBR} \
+    "Remover diretório raiz do Vim"
+LangString str_desc_rm_rootdir      ${LANG_PORTUGUESEBR} \
+    "Remove o diretório raiz do Vim. Ele contém seus \
+     arquivos de configuração do Vim!"
+
+
+##############################################################################
+# Messages                                                                {{{1
+##############################################################################
+
+#LangString str_msg_too_many_ver  ${LANG_PORTUGUESEBR} \
+#    "Encontradas $vim_old_ver_count versões do Vim em seu sistema.$\r$\n\
+#     Este instalador só consegue lidar com ${VIM_MAX_OLD_VER} versões\
+#     no máximo.$\r$\n\
+#     Por favor, remova algumas versões e comece novamente."
+
+#LangString str_msg_invalid_root  ${LANG_PORTUGUESEBR} \
+#    "Caminho de instalação inválido: $vim_install_root!$\r$\n\
+#     Ele deve terminar com $\"vim$\"."
+
+#LangString str_msg_bin_mismatch  ${LANG_PORTUGUESEBR} \
+#    "Incompatibilidade de caminho de binários!$\r$\n$\r$\n\
+#     Esperava que o caminho de binários fosse $\"$vim_bin_path$\",$\r$\n\
+#     mas o sistema indica que o caminho de binários é $\"$INSTDIR$\"."
+
+#LangString str_msg_vim_running   ${LANG_PORTUGUESEBR} \
+#    "Vim ainda está em execução em seu sistema.$\r$\n\
+#     Por favor, feche todas as instâncias do Vim para poder continuar."
+
+#LangString str_msg_register_ole  ${LANG_PORTUGUESEBR} \
+#    "Tentativa de registrar o Vim com OLE. \
+#     Não há mensagem que indique se isso funciona ou não."
+
+#LangString str_msg_unreg_ole     ${LANG_PORTUGUESEBR} \
+#    "Tentando desregistrar o Vim com OLE. \
+#     Não há mensagem que indique se isso funciona ou não."
+
+#LangString str_msg_rm_start      ${LANG_PORTUGUESEBR} \
+#    "Desinstalando a seguinte versão:"
+
+#LangString str_msg_rm_fail       ${LANG_PORTUGUESEBR} \
+#    "Falha ao desinstalar a seguinte versão:"
+
+#LangString str_msg_no_rm_key     ${LANG_PORTUGUESEBR} \
+#    "Não foi possível encontrar a chave de registro do desinstalador."
+
+#LangString str_msg_no_rm_reg     ${LANG_PORTUGUESEBR} \
+#    "Não foi possível encontrar o desinstalador a partir do registro."
+
+#LangString str_msg_no_rm_exe     ${LANG_PORTUGUESEBR} \
+#    "Não foi possível acessar o desinstalador."
+
+#LangString str_msg_rm_copy_fail  ${LANG_PORTUGUESEBR} \
+#    "Falha ao copiar o desinstalador para um diretório temporário."
+
+#LangString str_msg_rm_run_fail   ${LANG_PORTUGUESEBR} \
+#    "Falha ao executar o desinstalador."
+
+#LangString str_msg_abort_install ${LANG_PORTUGUESEBR} \
+#    "Instalador será interrompido."
+
+LangString str_msg_install_fail  ${LANG_PORTUGUESEBR} \
+    "A instalação falhou. Mais sorte na próxima vez."
+
+LangString str_msg_rm_exe_fail   ${LANG_PORTUGUESEBR} \
+    "Alguns arquivos em $0 não foram excluídos!$\r$\n\
+     Você deve fazê-lo manualmente."
+
+#LangString str_msg_rm_root_fail  ${LANG_PORTUGUESEBR} \
+#    "AVISO: Não foi possível remover $\"$vim_install_root$\", \
+#    pois não está vazio!"
+
+LangString str_msg_uninstalling  ${LANG_PORTUGUESEBR} \
+    "Desinstalando a versão antiga..."
+
+LangString str_msg_registering   ${LANG_PORTUGUESEBR} \
+    "Registrando..."
+
+LangString str_msg_unregistering ${LANG_PORTUGUESEBR} \
+    "Desregistrando..."
+
+
+##############################################################################
+# Dialog Box                                                              {{{1
+##############################################################################
+
+LangString str_vimrc_page_title    ${LANG_PORTUGUESEBR} \
+    "Escolher configurações do _vimrc"
+LangString str_vimrc_page_subtitle ${LANG_PORTUGUESEBR} \
+    "Escolha as configurações para melhorias, teclado e mouse."
+
+LangString str_msg_compat_title    ${LANG_PORTUGUESEBR} \
+    " Comportamento Vi / Vim "
+LangString str_msg_compat_desc     ${LANG_PORTUGUESEBR} \
+    "&Compatibilidade e melhorias"
+LangString str_msg_compat_vi       ${LANG_PORTUGUESEBR} \
+    "Compatível com Vi"
+LangString str_msg_compat_vim      ${LANG_PORTUGUESEBR} \
+    "Vim original"
+LangString str_msg_compat_defaults ${LANG_PORTUGUESEBR} \
+    "Vim com algumas melhorias (carrega defaults.vim)"
+LangString str_msg_compat_all      ${LANG_PORTUGUESEBR} \
+    "Vim com todas as melhorias (carrega vimrc_example.vim) (Padrão)"
+
+LangString str_msg_keymap_title   ${LANG_PORTUGUESEBR} \
+    " Mapeamentos "
+LangString str_msg_keymap_desc    ${LANG_PORTUGUESEBR} \
+    "&Remapear algumas teclas para o Windows (Ctrl-V, Ctrl-C, Ctrl-A, Ctrl-S, Ctrl-F, etc)"
+LangString str_msg_keymap_default ${LANG_PORTUGUESEBR} \
+    "Não remapear teclas (Padrão)"
+LangString str_msg_keymap_windows ${LANG_PORTUGUESEBR} \
+    "Remapear algumas teclas"
+
+LangString str_msg_mouse_title   ${LANG_PORTUGUESEBR} \
+    " Mouse "
+LangString str_msg_mouse_desc    ${LANG_PORTUGUESEBR} \
+    "&Comportamento de botões direito e esquerdo"
+LangString str_msg_mouse_default ${LANG_PORTUGUESEBR} \
+    "Direito: menu popup, Esquerdo: modo visual (Padrão)"
+LangString str_msg_mouse_windows ${LANG_PORTUGUESEBR} \
+    "Direito: menu popup, Esquerdo: modo de seleção (Windows)"
+LangString str_msg_mouse_unix    ${LANG_PORTUGUESEBR} \
+    "Direito: estende seleção, Esquerdo: modo visual (Unix)"
@@ -5,6 +5,8 @@
 " Autoload Split: Bram Moolenaar
 " Last Change: 	2024 Jan 17 (make it work on AIX, see #13847)
 " 		2024 Jul 06 (honor command modifiers, #15117)
+" 		2025 Mar 05 (add :keepjumps, #16791)
+" 		2025 Mar 09 (improve :Man completion for man-db, #16843)

 let s:cpo_save = &cpo
 set cpo-=C
@@ -34,6 +36,88 @@ endtry

 unlet! uname_s

+let s:man_db_pages_by_section = v:null
+func! s:ManDbPagesBySection() abort
+  if s:man_db_pages_by_section isnot v:null
+    return s:man_db_pages_by_section
+  endif
+  let s:man_db_pages_by_section = {}
+  let list_command = 'apropos --long .'
+  let unparsed_lines = []
+  for line in systemlist(list_command)
+    " Typical lines:
+    " vim (1)              - Vi IMproved, a programmer's text editor
+    "
+    " Unusual lines:
+    " pgm_read_ T _ (3avr) - (unknown subject)
+    "
+    " Code that shows the line's format:
+    " https://gitlab.com/man-db/man-db/-/blob/2607d203472efb036d888e9e7997724a41a53876/src/whatis.c#L409
+    let match = matchlist(line, '^\(.\{-1,}\) (\(\S\+\)) ')
+    if empty(match)
+      call add(unparsed_lines, line)
+      continue
+    endif
+    let [page, section] = match[1:2]
+    if !has_key(s:man_db_pages_by_section, section)
+      let s:man_db_pages_by_section[section] = []
+    endif
+    call add(s:man_db_pages_by_section[section], page)
+  endfor
+  if !empty(unparsed_lines)
+    echomsg 'Unable to parse ' .. string(len(unparsed_lines)) .. ' lines ' ..
+          \ 'from the output of `' .. list_command .. '`. Example lines:'
+    for line in unparsed_lines[:9]
+      echomsg line
+    endfor
+  endif
+  return s:man_db_pages_by_section
+endfunc
+
+func! dist#man#Reload() abort
+  if g:ft_man_implementation ==# 'man-db'
+    let s:man_db_pages_by_section = v:null
+    call s:ManDbPagesBySection()
+  endif
+endfunc
+
+func! s:StartsWithCaseInsensitive(haystack, needle) abort
+  if empty(a:needle)
+    return v:true
+  endif
+  return a:haystack[:len(a:needle)-1] ==? a:needle
+endfunc
+
+func! dist#man#ManDbComplete(arg_lead, cmd_line, cursor_pos) abort
+  let args = split(trim(a:cmd_line[: a:cursor_pos - 1], '', 1), '', v:true)
+  let pages_by_section = s:ManDbPagesBySection()
+  if len(args) > 2
+    " Page in the section args[1]. At least on Debian testing as of
+    " 2025-03-06, man seems to match sections case-insensitively and match any
+    " prefix of the section. E.g., `man 3 sigprocmask` and `man 3PoSi
+    " sigprocmask` with both load sigprocmask(3posix) even though the 3 in the
+    " first command is also the name of a different section.
+    let results = []
+    for [section, pages] in items(pages_by_section)
+      if s:StartsWithCaseInsensitive(section, args[1])
+        call extend(results, pages)
+      endif
+    endfor
+  else
+    " Could be a section, or a page in any section. Add space after sections
+    " since there has to be a second argument in that case.
+    let results = flattennew(values(pages_by_section), 1)
+    for section in keys(pages_by_section)
+      call add(results, section .. ' ')
+    endfor
+  endif
+  call sort(results)
+  call uniq(results)
+  call filter(results,
+        \ {_, val -> s:StartsWithCaseInsensitive(val, a:arg_lead)})
+  return results
+endfunc
+
 func s:ParseIntoPageAndSection()
  " Accommodate a reference that terminates in a hyphen.
  "
@@ -188,7 +272,7 @@ func dist#man#GetPage(cmdmods, ...)
  setl buftype=nofile noswapfile

  setl fdc=0 ma nofen nonu nornu
-  %delete _
+  keepjumps %delete _
  let unsetwidth = 0
  if empty($MANWIDTH)
    let $MANWIDTH = winwidth(0)
@@ -218,10 +302,10 @@ func dist#man#GetPage(cmdmods, ...)
  endif
  " Remove blank lines from top and bottom.
  while line('$') > 1 && getline(1) =~ '^\s*$'
-    1delete _
+    keepjumps 1delete _
  endwhile
  while line('$') > 1 && getline('$') =~ '^\s*$'
-    $delete _
+    keepjumps $delete _
  endwhile
  1
  setl ft=man nomod
@@ -12,6 +12,7 @@
 "                               autoloading search path fix
 "                               substitution of hardcoded commands with global variables
 "   2024 Nov 12 by Vim Project: fix problems on Windows (#16036)
+"   2025 Feb 28 by Vim Project: add support for bzip3 (#16755)
 "  }}}
 "
 " GetLatestVimScripts: 642 1 :AutoInstall: getscript.vim
@@ -100,6 +101,10 @@ if !exists("g:GetLatestVimScripts_bunzip2")
 let g:GetLatestVimScripts_bunzip2= "bunzip2"
 endif

+if !exists("g:GetLatestVimScripts_bunzip3")
+ let g:GetLatestVimScripts_bunzip3= "bunzip3"
+endif
+
 if !exists("g:GetLatestVimScripts_gunzip")
 let g:GetLatestVimScripts_gunzip= "gunzip"
 endif
@@ -565,73 +570,55 @@ fun! s:GetOneScript(...)
   " --------------------------------------------------------------------------
 "   call Decho("checking if plugin requested autoinstall: doautoinstall=".doautoinstall)
   if doautoinstall
-"    call Decho(" ")
-"    call Decho("Autoinstall: getcwd<".getcwd()."> filereadable(".sname.")=".filereadable(sname))
    if filereadable(sname)
-"     call Decho("<".sname."> is readable")
-"     call Decho("exe silent !".g:GetLatestVimScripts_mv." ".shellescape(sname)." ".shellescape(s:autoinstall))
     exe "silent !".g:GetLatestVimScripts_mv." ".shellescape(sname)." ".shellescape(s:autoinstall)
     let curdir    = fnameescape(substitute(getcwd(),'\','/','ge'))
     let installdir= curdir."/Installed"
     if !isdirectory(installdir)
      call mkdir(installdir)
     endif
-"     call Decho("curdir<".curdir."> installdir<".installdir.">")
-"     call Decho("exe cd ".fnameescape(s:autoinstall))
     exe "cd ".fnameescape(s:autoinstall)

     " determine target directory for moves
     let firstdir= substitute(&rtp,',.*$','','')
     let pname   = substitute(sname,'\..*','.vim','')
-"     call Decho("determine tgtdir: is <".firstdir.'/AsNeeded/'.pname." readable?")
     if filereadable(firstdir.'/AsNeeded/'.pname)
      let tgtdir= "AsNeeded"
     else
      let tgtdir= "plugin"
     endif
-"     call Decho("tgtdir<".tgtdir.">  pname<".pname.">")
-     
+
     " decompress
     if sname =~ '\.bz2$'
-"      call Decho("decompress: attempt to bunzip2 ".sname)
      exe "sil !".g:GetLatestVimScripts_bunzip2." ".shellescape(sname)
      let sname= substitute(sname,'\.bz2$','','')
-"      call Decho("decompress: new sname<".sname."> after bunzip2")
+     elseif sname =~ '\.bz3$'
+      exe "sil !".g:GetLatestVimScripts_bunzip3." ".shellescape(sname)
+      let sname= substitute(sname,'\.bz3$','','')
     elseif sname =~ '\.gz$'
-"      call Decho("decompress: attempt to gunzip ".sname)
      exe "sil !".g:GetLatestVimScripts_gunzip." ".shellescape(sname)
      let sname= substitute(sname,'\.gz$','','')
-"      call Decho("decompress: new sname<".sname."> after gunzip")
     elseif sname =~ '\.xz$'
-"      call Decho("decompress: attempt to unxz ".sname)
      exe "sil !".g:GetLatestVimScripts_unxz." ".shellescape(sname)
      let sname= substitute(sname,'\.xz$','','')
-"      call Decho("decompress: new sname<".sname."> after unxz")
     else
 "      call Decho("no decompression needed")
     endif
-     
+
     " distribute archive(.zip, .tar, .vba, .vmb, ...) contents
     if sname =~ '\.zip$'
-"      call Decho("dearchive: attempt to unzip ".sname)
      exe "silent !".g:GetLatestVimScripts_unzip." -o ".shellescape(sname)
     elseif sname =~ '\.tar$'
-"      call Decho("dearchive: attempt to untar ".sname)
      exe "silent !tar -xvf ".shellescape(sname)
     elseif sname =~ '\.tgz$'
-"      call Decho("dearchive: attempt to untar+gunzip ".sname)
      exe "silent !tar -zxvf ".shellescape(sname)
     elseif sname =~ '\.taz$'
-"      call Decho("dearchive: attempt to untar+uncompress ".sname)
      exe "silent !tar -Zxvf ".shellescape(sname)
     elseif sname =~ '\.tbz$'
-"      call Decho("dearchive: attempt to untar+bunzip2 ".sname)
      exe "silent !tar -jxvf ".shellescape(sname)
     elseif sname =~ '\.txz$'
-"      call Decho("dearchive: attempt to untar+xz ".sname)
      exe "silent !tar -Jxvf ".shellescape(sname)
     elseif sname =~ '\.vba$\|\.vmb$'
-"      call Decho("dearchive: attempt to handle a vimball: ".sname)
      silent 1split
      if exists("g:vimball_home")
       let oldvimballhome= g:vimball_home
@@ -648,25 +635,21 @@ fun! s:GetOneScript(...)
     else
 "      call Decho("no dearchiving needed")
     endif
-     
+
     " ---------------------------------------------
     " move plugin to plugin/ or AsNeeded/ directory
     " ---------------------------------------------
     if sname =~ '.vim$'
-"      call Decho("dearchive: attempt to simply move ".sname." to ".tgtdir)
      exe "silent !".g:GetLatestVimScripts_mv." ".shellescape(sname)." ".tgtdir
     else
-"      call Decho("dearchive: move <".sname."> to installdir<".installdir.">")
      exe "silent !".g:GetLatestVimScripts_mv." ".shellescape(sname)." ".installdir
     endif
     if tgtdir != "plugin"
-"      call Decho("exe silent !".g:GetLatestVimScripts_mv." ".shellescape("plugin/".pname)." ".tgtdir)
      exe "silent !".g:GetLatestVimScripts_mv." ".shellescape("plugin/".pname)." ".tgtdir
     endif
-     
+
     " helptags step
     let docdir= substitute(&rtp,',.*','','e')."/doc"
-"     call Decho("helptags: docdir<".docdir.">")
     exe "helptags ".fnameescape(docdir)
     exe "cd ".fnameescape(curdir)
    endif
@@ -681,13 +664,8 @@ fun! s:GetOneScript(...)

   " update the data in the <GetLatestVimScripts.dat> file
   call setline(line("."),modline)
-"   call Decho("update data in ".expand("%")."#".line(".").": modline<".modline.">")
-"  else " Decho
-"   call Decho("[latestsrcid=".latestsrcid."] <= [srcid=".srcid."], no need to update")
  endif

-"  call Dredir("BUFFER TEST (GetOneScript)","ls!")
-"  call Dret("GetOneScript")
 endfun

 " ---------------------------------------------------------------------
@@ -1,9 +1,19 @@
 " tar.vim: Handles browsing tarfiles -  AUTOLOAD PORTION
-" Date:		Feb 06, 2025
+" Date:		Mar 01, 2025
 " Version:	32b  (with modifications from the Vim Project)
 " Maintainer:	This runtime file is looking for a new maintainer.
 " Former Maintainer: Charles E Campbell
 " License:	Vim License  (see vim's :help license)
+" Last Change:
+"   2024 Jan 08 by Vim Project: fix a few problems (#138331, #12637, #8109)
+"   2024 Feb 19 by Vim Project: announce adoption
+"   2024 Nov 11 by Vim Project: support permissions (#7379)
+"   2025 Feb 06 by Vim Project: add support for lz4 (#16591)
+"   2025 Feb 28 by Vim Project: add support for bzip3 (#16755)
+"   2025 Mar 01 by Vim Project: fix syntax error in tar#Read()
+"   2025 Mar 02 by Vim Project: escape the filename before using :read
+"   2025 Mar 02 by Vim Project: determine the compression using readblob()
+"                               instead of shelling out to file(1)
 "
 "	Contains many ideas from Michael Toren's <tar.vim>
 "
@@ -153,21 +163,19 @@ fun! tar#Browse(tarfile)

  elseif tarfile =~# '\.\(tgz\)$' || tarfile =~# '\.\(tbz\)$' || tarfile =~# '\.\(txz\)$' ||
                          \ tarfile =~# '\.\(tzst\)$' || tarfile =~# '\.\(tlz4\)$'
-   if has("unix") && executable("file")
-    let filekind= system("file ".shellescape(tarfile,1))
-   else
-    let filekind= ""
-   endif
+   let header= s:Header(tarfile)

-   if filekind =~ "bzip2"
+   if header =~? 'bzip2'
    exe "sil! r! bzip2 -d -c -- ".shellescape(tarfile,1)." | ".g:tar_cmd." -".g:tar_browseoptions." - "
-   elseif filekind =~ "XZ"
+   elseif header =~? 'bzip3'
+    exe "sil! r! bzip3 -d -c -- ".shellescape(tarfile,1)." | ".g:tar_cmd." -".g:tar_browseoptions." - "
+   elseif header =~? 'xz'
    exe "sil! r! xz -d -c -- ".shellescape(tarfile,1)." | ".g:tar_cmd." -".g:tar_browseoptions." - "
-   elseif filekind =~ "Zstandard"
+   elseif header =~? 'zstd'
    exe "sil! r! zstd --decompress --stdout -- ".shellescape(tarfile,1)." | ".g:tar_cmd." -".g:tar_browseoptions." - "
-   elseif filekind =~ "LZ4"
+   elseif header =~? 'lz4'
    exe "sil! r! lz4 --decompress --stdout -- ".shellescape(tarfile,1)." | ".g:tar_cmd." -".g:tar_browseoptions." - "
-   else
+   elseif header =~? 'gzip'
    exe "sil! r! gzip -d -c -- ".shellescape(tarfile,1)." | ".g:tar_cmd." -".g:tar_browseoptions." - "
   endif

@@ -175,6 +183,8 @@ fun! tar#Browse(tarfile)
   exe "sil! r! cat -- ".shellescape(tarfile,1)."|gzip -d -c -|".g:tar_cmd." -".g:tar_browseoptions." - "
  elseif tarfile =~# '\.\(bz2\|tbz\|tb2\)$'
   exe "sil! r! bzip2 -d -c -- ".shellescape(tarfile,1)." | ".g:tar_cmd." -".g:tar_browseoptions." - "
+  elseif tarfile =~# '\.\(bz3\|tb3\)$'
+   exe "sil! r! bzip3 -d -c -- ".shellescape(tarfile,1)." | ".g:tar_cmd." -".g:tar_browseoptions." - "
  elseif tarfile =~# '\.\(lzma\|tlz\)$'
   exe "sil! r! lzma -d -c -- ".shellescape(tarfile,1)." | ".g:tar_cmd." -".g:tar_browseoptions." - "
  elseif tarfile =~# '\.\(xz\|txz\)$'
@@ -273,6 +283,8 @@ fun! tar#Read(fname,mode)
  set report=10
  let tarfile = substitute(a:fname,'tarfile:\(.\{-}\)::.*$','\1','')
  let fname   = substitute(a:fname,'tarfile:.\{-}::\(.*\)$','\1','')
+  " be careful not to execute special crafted files
+  let escape_file = fname->fnameescape()

  " changing the directory to the temporary earlier to allow tar to extract the file with permissions intact
  if !exists("*mkdir")
@@ -316,6 +328,9 @@ fun! tar#Read(fname,mode)
  if  fname =~ '\.bz2$' && executable("bzcat")
   let decmp= "|bzcat"
   let doro = 1
+  elseif  fname =~ '\.bz3$' && executable("bz3cat")
+   let decmp= "|bz3cat"
+   let doro = 1
  elseif      fname =~ '\.t\=gz$'  && executable("zcat")
   let decmp= "|zcat"
   let doro = 1
@@ -334,7 +349,7 @@ fun! tar#Read(fname,mode)
  else
   let decmp=""
   let doro = 0
-   if fname =~ '\.bz2$\|\.gz$\|\.lzma$\|\.xz$\|\.zip$\|\.Z$'
+   if fname =~ '\.bz2$\|\.bz3$\|\.gz$\|\.lzma$\|\.xz$\|\.zip$\|\.Z$'
    setlocal bin
   endif
  endif
@@ -347,49 +362,51 @@ fun! tar#Read(fname,mode)

  if tarfile =~# '\.bz2$'
   exe "sil! r! bzip2 -d -c -- ".shellescape(tarfile,1)."| ".g:tar_cmd." -".g:tar_readoptions." - ".tar_secure.shellescape(fname,1).decmp
-   exe "read ".fname
+   exe "read ".escape_file
+  elseif tarfile =~# '\.bz3$'
+   exe "sil! r! bzip3 -d -c -- ".shellescape(tarfile,1)."| ".g:tar_cmd." -".g:tar_readoptions." - ".tar_secure.shellescape(fname,1).decmp
+   exe "read ".escape_file
  elseif tarfile =~# '\.\(gz\)$'
   exe "sil! r! gzip -d -c -- ".shellescape(tarfile,1)."| ".g:tar_cmd." -".g:tar_readoptions." - ".tar_secure.shellescape(fname,1).decmp
-   exe "read ".fname
+   exe "read ".escape_file
  elseif tarfile =~# '\(\.tgz\|\.tbz\|\.txz\)'
-   if has("unix") && executable("file")
-    let filekind= system("file ".shellescape(tarfile,1))
-   else
-    let filekind= ""
-   endif
-   if filekind =~ "bzip2"
+   let filekind= s:Header(tarfile)
+   if filekind =~? "bzip2"
    exe "sil! r! bzip2 -d -c -- ".shellescape(tarfile,1)."| ".g:tar_cmd." -".g:tar_readoptions." - ".tar_secure.shellescape(fname,1).decmp
-    exe "read ".fname
-   elseif filekind =~ "XZ"
+    exe "read ".escape_file
+   elseif filekind =~ "bzip3"
+    exe "sil! r! bzip3 -d -c -- ".shellescape(tarfile,1)."| ".g:tar_cmd." -".g:tar_readoptions." - ".tar_secure.shellescape(fname,1).decmp
+    exe "read ".escape_file
+   elseif filekind =~? "xz"
    exe "sil! r! xz -d -c -- ".shellescape(tarfile,1)."| ".g:tar_cmd." -".g:tar_readoptions." - ".tar_secure.shellescape(fname,1).decmp
-    exe "read ".fname
-   elseif filekind =~ "Zstandard"
+    exe "read ".escape_file
+   elseif filekind =~? "zstd"
    exe "sil! r! zstd --decompress --stdout -- ".shellescape(tarfile,1)."| ".g:tar_cmd." -".g:tar_readoptions." - ".tar_secure.shellescape(fname,1).decmp
-    exe "read ".fname
-   else
+    exe "read ".escape_file
+   elseif filekind =~? "gzip"
    exe "sil! r! gzip -d -c -- ".shellescape(tarfile,1)."| ".g:tar_cmd." -".g:tar_readoptions." - ".tar_secure.shellescape(fname,1).decmp
-    exe "read ".fname
+    exe "read ".escape_file
   endif

  elseif tarfile =~# '\.lrp$'
   exe "sil! r! cat -- ".shellescape(tarfile,1)." | gzip -d -c - | ".g:tar_cmd." -".g:tar_readoptions." - ".tar_secure.shellescape(fname,1).decmp
-   exe "read ".fname
+   exe "read ".escape_file
  elseif tarfile =~# '\.lzma$'
   exe "sil! r! lzma -d -c -- ".shellescape(tarfile,1)."| ".g:tar_cmd." -".g:tar_readoptions." - ".tar_secure.shellescape(fname,1).decmp
-   exe "read ".fname
+   exe "read ".escape_file
  elseif tarfile =~# '\.\(xz\|txz\)$'
   exe "sil! r! xz --decompress --stdout -- ".shellescape(tarfile,1)." | ".g:tar_cmd." -".g:tar_readoptions." - ".tar_secure.shellescape(fname,1).decmp
-   exe "read ".fname
+   exe "read ".escape_file
  elseif tarfile =~# '\.\(lz4\|tlz4\)$'
   exe "sil! r! lz4 --decompress --stdout -- ".shellescape(tarfile,1)." | ".g:tar_cmd." -".g:tar_readoptions." - ".tar_secure.shellescape(fname,1).decmp
-   exe "read ".fname
+   exe "read ".escape_file
  else
   if tarfile =~ '^\s*-'
    " A file name starting with a dash is taken as an option.  Prepend ./ to avoid that.
    let tarfile = substitute(tarfile, '-', './-', '')
   endif
   exe "silent r! ".g:tar_cmd." -".g:tar_readoptions.shellescape(tarfile,1)." ".tar_secure.shellescape(fname,1).decmp
-   exe "read ".fname
+   exe "read ".escape_file
  endif

   redraw!
@@ -446,6 +463,10 @@ fun! tar#Write(fname)
   call system("bzip2 -d -- ".shellescape(tarfile,0))
   let tarfile = substitute(tarfile,'\.bz2','','e')
   let compress= "bzip2 -- ".shellescape(tarfile,0)
+  elseif tarfile =~# '\.bz3'
+   call system("bzip3 -d -- ".shellescape(tarfile,0))
+   let tarfile = substitute(tarfile,'\.bz3','','e')
+   let compress= "bzip3 -- ".shellescape(tarfile,0)
  elseif tarfile =~# '\.gz'
   call system("gzip -d -- ".shellescape(tarfile,0))
   let tarfile = substitute(tarfile,'\.gz','','e')
@@ -472,6 +493,7 @@ fun! tar#Write(fname)
   let tarfile = substitute(tarfile,'\.lzma','','e')
   let compress= "lzma -- ".shellescape(tarfile,0)
  endif
+  " Note: no support for name.tar.tbz/.txz/.tgz/.tlz4/.tzst

  if v:shell_error != 0
   redraw!
@@ -638,6 +660,15 @@ fun! tar#Extract()
    echo "***note*** successfully extracted ".fname
   endif

+  elseif filereadable(tarbase.".tar.bz3")
+   let extractcmd= substitute(extractcmd,"-","-j","")
+   call system(extractcmd." ".shellescape(tarbase).".tar.bz3 ".shellescape(fname))
+   if v:shell_error != 0
+    echohl Error | echo "***error*** ".extractcmd."j ".tarbase.".tar.bz3 ".fname.": failed!" | echohl NONE
+   else
+    echo "***note*** successfully extracted ".fname
+   endif
+
  elseif filereadable(tarbase.".txz")
   let extractcmd= substitute(extractcmd,"-","-J","")
   call system(extractcmd." ".shellescape(tarbase).".txz ".shellescape(fname))
@@ -711,6 +742,29 @@ fun! s:Rmdir(fname)
  endif
 endfun

+" s:FileHeader: {{{2
+fun! s:Header(fname)
+  let header= readblob(a:fname, 0, 6)
+  if header[0:2] == str2blob(['BZh']) " bzip2 header
+    return "bzip2"
+  elseif header[0:2] == str2blob(['BZ3']) " bzip3 header
+    return "bzip3"
+  elseif header == str2blob(["\3757zXZ\n"]) " xz header
+    return "xz"
+  elseif header[0:3] == str2blob(["\x28\xB5\x2F\xFD"]) " zstd header
+    return "zstd"
+  elseif header[0:3] == str2blob(["\004\"M\030"]) " lz4 header
+    return "lz4"
+  elseif (header[0:1] == str2blob(["\037\235"]) ||
+       \  header[0:1] == str2blob(["\037\213"]) ||
+       \  header[0:1] == str2blob(["\037\236"]) ||
+       \  header[0:1] == str2blob(["\037\240"]) ||
+       \  header[0:1] == str2blob(["\037\036"]))
+    return "gzip"
+  endif
+  return "unknown"
+endfun
+
 " ---------------------------------------------------------------------
 " tar#Vimuntar: installs a tarball in the user's .vim / vimfiles directory {{{2
 fun! tar#Vimuntar(...)
@@ -2,8 +2,10 @@
 " Maintainer: This runtime file is looking for a new maintainer.
 " Original Author:	Charles E. Campbell
 " Date:			Apr 11, 2016
-" Version:	37
+" Version:	37 (with modifications from the Vim Project)
 " GetLatestVimScripts: 1502 1 :AutoInstall: vimball.vim
+"  Last Change:
+"   2025 Feb 28 by Vim Project: add support for bzip3 (#16755)
 " Copyright: (c) 2004-2011 by Charles E. Campbell
 "            The VIM LICENSE applies to Vimball.vim, and Vimball.txt
 "            (see |copyright|) except use "Vimball" instead of "Vim".
@@ -530,6 +532,26 @@ fun! vimball#Decompress(fname,...)
   exe "e ".escape(fname,' \')
   if a:0 == 0| call vimball#ShowMesg(s:USAGE,"Source this file to extract it! (:so %)") | endif

+  elseif expand("%") =~ '.*\.bz3' && executable("bunzip3")
+   " handle *.bz3 with bunzip3
+   silent exe "!bunzip3 ".shellescape(a:fname)
+   if v:shell_error != 0
+	call vimball#ShowMesg(s:WARNING,"(vimball#Decompress) bunzip3 may have failed with <".a:fname.">")
+   endif
+   let fname= substitute(a:fname,'\.bz3$','','')
+   exe "e ".escape(fname,' \')
+   if a:0 == 0| call vimball#ShowMesg(s:USAGE,"Source this file to extract it! (:so %)") | endif
+
+  elseif expand("%") =~ '.*\.bz3' && executable("bzip3")
+   " handle *.bz3 with bzip3 -d
+   silent exe "!bzip3 -d ".shellescape(a:fname)
+   if v:shell_error != 0
+	call vimball#ShowMesg(s:WARNING,'(vimball#Decompress) "bzip3 -d" may have failed with <'.a:fname.">")
+   endif
+   let fname= substitute(a:fname,'\.bz3$','','')
+   exe "e ".escape(fname,' \')
+   if a:0 == 0| call vimball#ShowMesg(s:USAGE,"Source this file to extract it! (:so %)") | endif
+
  elseif expand("%") =~ '.*\.zip' && executable("unzip")
   " handle *.zip with unzip
   silent exe "!unzip ".shellescape(a:fname)
@@ -14,6 +14,7 @@
 " 2024 Aug 05 by Vim Project: clean-up and make it work with shellslash on Windows
 " 2024 Aug 18 by Vim Project: correctly handle special globbing chars
 " 2024 Aug 21 by Vim Project: simplify condition to detect MS-Windows
+" 2025 Mar 11 by Vim Project: handle filenames with leading '-' correctly
 " License:	Vim License  (see vim's :help license)
 " Copyright:	Copyright (C) 2005-2019 Charles E. Campbell {{{1
 "		Permission is hereby granted to use and distribute this code,
@@ -343,6 +344,11 @@ fun! zip#Extract()
   return
  endif
  let target = fname->substitute('\[', '[[]', 'g')
+  " unzip 6.0 does not support -- to denote end-of-arguments
+  " unzip 6.1 (2010) apparently supports, it, but hasn't been released
+  " so the workaround is to use glob '[-]' so that it won't be considered an argument
+  " else, it would be possible to use 'unzip -o <file.zip> '-d/tmp' to extract the whole archive
+  let target = target->substitute('^-', '[&]', '')
  if &shell =~ 'cmd' && has("win32")
    let target = target
 		\ ->substitute('[?*]', '[&]', 'g')
@@ -6,6 +6,7 @@ vim9script
 # Contributors:       Enno Nagel
 # Last Change:        2024 Mar 29
 #                     2024 Apr 03 by The Vim Project (removed :CompilerSet definition)
+#                     2025 Mar 11 by The Vim Project (add comment for Dispatch)

 if exists("g:current_compiler")
  finish
@@ -15,6 +16,7 @@ import autoload '../autoload/context.vim'

 g:current_compiler = 'context'

+# CompilerSet makeprg=context
 if get(b:, 'context_ignore_makefile', get(g:, 'context_ignore_makefile', 0)) ||
  (!filereadable('Makefile') && !filereadable('makefile'))
  var makeprg =  join(context.ConTeXtCmd(shellescape(expand('%:p:t'))), ' ')
@@ -2,6 +2,7 @@
 " Compiler:	Java Development Kit Compiler
 " Maintainer:	Doug Kearns <dougkearns@gmail.com>
 " Last Change:	2024 Nov 19 (enable local javac_makeprg_params)
+" 		2025 Mar 11 (add comment for Dispatch)

 if exists("current_compiler")
  finish
@@ -11,6 +12,7 @@ let current_compiler = "javac"
 let s:cpo_save = &cpo
 set cpo&vim

+" CompilerSet makeprg=javac
 execute $'CompilerSet makeprg=javac\ {escape(get(b:, 'javac_makeprg_params', get(g:, 'javac_makeprg_params', '')), ' \|"')}'

 CompilerSet errorformat=%E%f:%l:\ error:\ %m,
@@ -6,6 +6,7 @@
 "		2024 Apr 03 by the Vim Project (removed :CompilerSet definition)
 "		2024 Apr 05 by the Vim Project (avoid leaving behind g:makeprg)
 "		2024 Nov 19 by the Vim Project (properly escape makeprg setting)
+"		2025 Mar 11 by the Vim Project (add comment for Dispatch)

 if exists("current_compiler")
  finish
@@ -50,6 +51,8 @@ let s:makeprg = g:ps1_makeprg_cmd .. ' %:p:S'
 "         + CategoryInfo          : ObjectNotFound: (Write-Ouput:String) [], CommandNotFoundException
 "         + FullyQualifiedErrorId : CommandNotFoundException

+" CompilerSet makeprg=pwsh
+" CompilerSet makeprg=powershell
 execute 'CompilerSet makeprg=' .. escape(s:makeprg, ' \|"')

 " Showing error in context with underlining.
@@ -0,0 +1,21 @@
+" Vim compiler file
+" Compiler:	svelte-check
+" Maintainer:	@Konfekt
+" Last Change:	2025 Feb 27
+
+if exists("current_compiler") | finish | endif
+let current_compiler = "svelte-check"
+
+CompilerSet makeprg=npx\ svelte-check\ --output\ machine
+CompilerSet errorformat=%*\\d\ %t%*\\a\ \"%f\"\ %l:%c\ \"%m\",
+CompilerSet errorformat+=%-G%*\\d\ START\ %.%#,
+CompilerSet errorformat+=%-G%*\\d\ COMPLETED\ %.%#,
+CompilerSet errorformat+=%-G%.%#
+
+" " Fall-back for versions of svelte-check that don't support --output machine
+" " before  May 2020 https://github.com/sveltejs/language-tools/commit/9f7a90379d287a41621a5e78af5b010a8ab810c3
+" " which is before the first production release 1.1.31 of Svelte-Check
+" CompilerSet makeprg=npx\ svelte-check
+" CompilerSet errorformat=%A%f:%l:%c,
+" CompilerSet errorformat+=%C%t%*\\a\\:\ %m,
+" CompilerSet errorformat+=%-G%.%#,
@@ -6,6 +6,7 @@
 "		2024 Apr 03 by the Vim Project (removed :CompilerSet definition)
 "		2024 Apr 05 by the Vim Project (avoid leaving behind g:makeprg)
 "		2024 Nov 19 by the Vim Project (properly escape makeprg setting)
+"		2025 Mar 11 by the Vim Project (add comment for Dispatch)

 if exists("current_compiler")
 	finish
@@ -28,6 +29,7 @@ if exists('b:tex_ignore_makefile') || exists('g:tex_ignore_makefile') ||
 		let current_compiler = "latex"
 	endif
 	let s:makeprg=current_compiler .. ' -interaction=nonstopmode'
+	" CompilerSet makeprg=latex
 	execute 'CompilerSet makeprg=' .. escape(s:makeprg, ' \|"')
 else
 	let current_compiler = 'make'
@@ -2,6 +2,7 @@
 " Compiler:	TypeScript Compiler
 " Maintainer:	Doug Kearns <dougkearns@gmail.com>
 " Last Change:	2024 Apr 03
+"		2025 Mar 11 by The Vim Project (add comment for Dispatch, add tsc_makeprg variable)

 if exists("current_compiler")
  finish
@@ -11,9 +12,9 @@ let current_compiler = "tsc"
 let s:cpo_save = &cpo
 set cpo&vim

+" CompilerSet makeprg=tsc
 " CompilerSet makeprg=npx\ tsc
-
-CompilerSet makeprg=tsc
+execute $'CompilerSet makeprg={escape(get(b:, 'tsc_makeprg', get(g:, 'tsc_makeprg', 'tsc')), ' \|"')}'
 CompilerSet errorformat=%f\ %#(%l\\,%c):\ %trror\ TS%n:\ %m,
 		       \%trror\ TS%n:\ %m,
 		       \%-G%.%#
@@ -2,8 +2,9 @@
 " Language:    Typst
 " Previous Maintainer:  Gregory Anders
 " Maintainer:  Luca Saccarola <github.e41mv@aleeas.com>
+" Based On:    https://github.com/kaarmu/typst.vim
 " Last Change: 2024 Dec 09
-" Based on:    https://github.com/kaarmu/typst.vim
+" 2025 Mar 11 by the Vim Project (add comment for Dispatch)

 if exists('current_compiler')
    finish
@@ -13,4 +14,5 @@ let current_compiler = get(g:, 'typst_cmd', 'typst')
 " With `--diagnostic-format` we can use the default errorformat
 let s:makeprg = [current_compiler, 'compile', '--diagnostic-format', 'short', '%:S']

+" CompilerSet makeprg=typst
 execute 'CompilerSet makeprg=' . join(s:makeprg, '\ ')
@@ -141,6 +141,11 @@ os_risc.txt:
 os_win32.txt:
 	touch $@

+pi_netrw.txt: ../pack/dist/opt/netrw/doc/netrw.txt
+	cp ../pack/dist/opt/netrw/doc/netrw.txt $@.tmp
+	sed -e '1s/\(.*\)/\1	*pi_netrw.txt*/' $@.tmp > $@ && \
+	rm -f $@.tmp
+
 vietnamese.txt:
 	touch $@

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*autocmd.txt*   For Vim version 9.1.  Last change: 2025 Feb 08
+*autocmd.txt*   For Vim version 9.1.  Last change: 2025 Mar 12


 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -389,6 +389,7 @@ Name			triggered by ~
 |TabNew|		after creating a new tab page
 |WinClosed|		after closing a window
 |TabClosed|		after closing a tab page
+|TabClosedPre|		before closing a tab page
 |WinEnter|		after entering another window
 |WinLeave|		before leaving a window
 |TabEnter|		after entering another tab page
@@ -605,6 +606,8 @@ CmdUndefined			When a user command is used but it isn't
 				when it's used.  The pattern is matched
 				against the command name.  Both <amatch> and
 				<afile> are set to the name of the command.
+				This is triggered even when inside an
+				autocommand defined without |autocmd-nested|.
 				NOTE: Autocompletion won't work until the
 				command is defined.  An alternative is to
 				always define the user command and have it
@@ -936,7 +939,9 @@ FuncUndefined			When a user function is used but it isn't
 				when it's used.  The pattern is matched
 				against the function name.  Both <amatch> and
 				<afile> are set to the name of the function.
-				Not triggered when compiling a |Vim9|
+				This is triggered even when inside an
+				autocommand defined without |autocmd-nested|,
+				but not triggered when compiling a |Vim9|
 				function.
 				NOTE: When writing Vim scripts a better
 				alternative is to use an autoloaded function.
@@ -1236,6 +1241,10 @@ Syntax				When the 'syntax' option has been set.  The
 				See |:syn-on|.
 							*TabClosed*
 TabClosed			After closing a tab page.
+							*TabClosedPre*
+TabClosedPre			Before closing a tab page.  The window layout
+				is locked, thus opening and closing of windows
+				is prohibited.
 							*TabEnter*
 TabEnter			Just after entering a tab page. |tab-page|
 				After triggering the WinEnter and before
@@ -1350,6 +1359,10 @@ TextYankPost			After text has been yanked or deleted in the
 				called recursively.
 				It is not allowed to change the buffer text,
 				see |textlock|. *E1064*
+				Also triggered indirectly when Vim tries to
+				become owner of the Visual selection because
+				of setting "autoselect" for 'guioptions' or
+				'clipboard'.
 				{only when compiled with the +eval feature}

 							*User*
@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*builtin.txt*	For Vim version 9.1.  Last change: 2025 Feb 17
+*builtin.txt*	For Vim version 9.1.  Last change: 2025 Mar 26


 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL	  by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -207,7 +207,7 @@ foldclosedend({lnum})		Number	last line of fold at {lnum} if closed
 foldlevel({lnum})		Number	fold level at {lnum}
 foldtext()			String	line displayed for closed fold
 foldtextresult({lnum})		String	text for closed fold at {lnum}
-foreach({expr1}, {expr2})	List/Dict/Blob/String
+foreach({expr1}, {expr2})	List/Tuple/Dict/Blob/String
 					for each item in {expr1} call {expr2}
 foreground()			Number	bring the Vim window to the foreground
 fullcommand({name} [, {vim9}])	String	get full command from {name}
@@ -348,7 +348,7 @@ job_start({command} [, {options}])
 				Job	start a job
 job_status({job})		String	get the status of {job}
 job_stop({job} [, {how}])	Number	stop {job}
-join({list} [, {sep}])		String	join {list} items into one String
+join({expr} [, {sep}])		String	join items in {expr} into one String
 js_decode({string})		any	decode JS style JSON
 js_encode({expr})		String	encode JS style JSON
 json_decode({string})		any	decode JSON
@@ -364,6 +364,7 @@ line2byte({lnum})		Number	byte count of line {lnum}
 lispindent({lnum})		Number	Lisp indent for line {lnum}
 list2blob({list})		Blob	turn {list} of numbers into a Blob
 list2str({list} [, {utf8}])	String	turn {list} of numbers into a String
+list2tuple({list})		Tuple	turn {list} of items into a tuple
 listener_add({callback} [, {buf}])
 				Number	add a callback to listen to changes
 listener_flush([{buf}])		none	invoke listener callbacks
@@ -511,10 +512,10 @@ remove({blob}, {idx} [, {end}])	Number/Blob
 					remove bytes {idx}-{end} from {blob}
 remove({dict}, {key})		any	remove entry {key} from {dict}
 rename({from}, {to})		Number	rename (move) file from {from} to {to}
-repeat({expr}, {count})		List/Blob/String
+repeat({expr}, {count})		List/Tuple/Blob/String
 					repeat {expr} {count} times
 resolve({filename})		String	get filename a shortcut points to
-reverse({obj})			List/Blob/String
+reverse({obj})			List/Tuple/Blob/String
 					reverse {obj}
 round({expr})			Float	round off {expr}
 rubyeval({expr})		any	evaluate |Ruby| expression
@@ -715,6 +716,7 @@ test_null_job()			Job	null value for testing
 test_null_list()		List	null value for testing
 test_null_partial()		Funcref	null value for testing
 test_null_string()		String	null value for testing
+test_null_tuple()		Tuple	null value for testing
 test_option_not_set({name})	none	reset flag indicating option was set
 test_override({expr}, {val})	none	test with Vim internal overrides
 test_refcount({expr})		Number	get the reference count of {expr}
@@ -736,6 +738,7 @@ tr({src}, {fromstr}, {tostr})	String	translate chars of {src} in {fromstr}
 trim({text} [, {mask} [, {dir}]])
 				String	trim characters in {mask} from {text}
 trunc({expr})			Float	truncate Float {expr}
+tuple2list({tuple})		List	turn {tuple} of items into a list
 type({expr})			Number	type of value {expr}
 typename({expr})		String	representation of the type of {expr}
 undofile({name})		String	undo file name for {name}
@@ -1311,19 +1314,25 @@ blob2str({blob} [, {options}])				*blob2str()*
 		items:
 		    encoding	Decode the bytes in {blob} using this
 				encoding.  The value is a |String|.  See
-				|encoding-names| for the supported values.
-							*E1515*
-		An error is given and an empty List is returned if
-		an invalid byte sequence is encountered in {blob},
+				|encoding-names| for the supported values
+				(plus the special value "none").
+							*E1515* *E1516*
+		When current 'encoding' is "utf-8", an error is given and an
+		empty List is returned if an invalid byte sequence is
+		encountered in {blob}.  To suppress this validation and get
+		potentially invalid string, set "encoding" in {options} to
+		"none".

 		Returns an empty List if blob is empty.

 		See also |str2blob()|

 		Examples: >
-			blob2str(0z6162)	returns ["ab"]
-			blob2str(0zC2ABC2BB)	returns ["«»"]
-			blob2str(0zABBB, {'encoding': 'latin1'}) returns ["«»"]
+		    blob2str(0z6162)		returns ['ab']
+		    blob2str(0zC2ABC2BB)	returns ['«»']
+		    blob2str(0z610A62)		returns ['a', 'b']
+		    blob2str(0z610062)		returns ['a\nb']
+		    blob2str(0zABBB, {'encoding': 'latin1'}) returns ['«»']
 <
 		Can also be used as a |method|: >
 			GetBlob()->blob2str()
@@ -2069,7 +2078,8 @@ copy({expr})							*copy()*
 		that the original |List| can be changed without changing the
 		copy, and vice versa.  But the items are identical, thus
 		changing an item changes the contents of both |Lists|.
-		A |Dictionary| is copied in a similar way as a |List|.
+		A |Tuple| or |Dictionary| is copied in a similar way as a
+		|List|.
 		Also see |deepcopy()|.
 		Can also be used as a |method|: >
 			mylist->copy()
@@ -2112,10 +2122,10 @@ cosh({expr})						*cosh()*

 count({comp}, {expr} [, {ic} [, {start}]])		*count()* *E706*
 		Return the number of times an item with value {expr} appears
-		in |String|, |List| or |Dictionary| {comp}.
+		in |String|, |List|, |Tuple| or |Dictionary| {comp}.

 		If {start} is given then start with the item with this index.
-		{start} can only be used with a |List|.
+		{start} can only be used with a |List| or a |Tuple|.

 		When {ic} is given and it's |TRUE| then case is ignored.

@@ -2235,7 +2245,8 @@ deepcopy({expr} [, {noref}])				*deepcopy()* *E698*
 		|Dictionary|, a copy for it is made, recursively.  Thus
 		changing an item in the copy does not change the contents of
 		the original |List|.
-		A |Dictionary| is copied in a similar way as a |List|.
+		A |Tuple| or |Dictionary| is copied in a similar way as a
+		|List|.

 		When {noref} is omitted or zero a contained |List| or
 		|Dictionary| is only copied once.  All references point to
@@ -2543,8 +2554,8 @@ echoraw({string})					*echoraw()*

 empty({expr})						*empty()*
 		Return the Number 1 if {expr} is empty, zero otherwise.
-		- A |List| or |Dictionary| is empty when it does not have any
-		  items.
+		- A |List|, |Tuple| or |Dictionary| is empty when it does
+		  not have any items.
 		- A |String| is empty when its length is zero.
 		- A |Number| and |Float| are empty when their value is zero.
 		- |v:false|, |v:none| and |v:null| are empty, |v:true| is not.
@@ -3471,8 +3482,9 @@ foldtextresult({lnum})					*foldtextresult()*
 		Return type: |String|


-foreach({expr1}, {expr2})					*foreach()*
-		{expr1} must be a |List|, |String|, |Blob| or |Dictionary|.
+foreach({expr1}, {expr2})				*foreach()* *E1525*
+		{expr1} must be a |List|, |Tuple|, |String|, |Blob| or
+		|Dictionary|.
 		For each item in {expr1} execute {expr2}. {expr1} is not
 		modified; its values may be, as with |:lockvar| 1. |E741|
 		See |map()| and |filter()| to modify {expr1}.
@@ -3481,10 +3493,10 @@ foreach({expr1}, {expr2})					*foreach()*

 		If {expr2} is a |string|, inside {expr2} |v:val| has the value
 		of the current item.  For a |Dictionary| |v:key| has the key
-		of the current item and for a |List| |v:key| has the index of
-		the current item.  For a |Blob| |v:key| has the index of the
-		current byte. For a |String| |v:key| has the index of the
-		current character.
+		of the current item and for a |List| or a |Tuple| |v:key| has
+		the index of the current item.  For a |Blob| |v:key| has the
+		index of the current byte. For a |String| |v:key| has the
+		index of the current character.
 		Examples: >
 			call foreach(mylist, 'used[v:val] = true')
 <		This records the items that are in the {expr1} list.
@@ -3510,8 +3522,8 @@ foreach({expr1}, {expr2})					*foreach()*
 		Can also be used as a |method|: >
 			mylist->foreach(expr2)
 <
-		Return type: |String|, |Blob| list<{type}> or dict<{type}>
-		depending on {expr1}
+		Return type: |String|, |Blob|, list<{type}>, tuple<{type}> or
+		dict<{type}> depending on {expr1}

 							*foreground()*
 foreground()	Move the Vim window to the foreground.  Useful when sent from
@@ -3684,6 +3696,15 @@ get({list}, {idx} [, {default}])			*get()* *get()-list*
 <
 		Return type: any, depending on {list}

+get({tuple}, {idx} [, {default}])			*get()-tuple*
+		Get item {idx} from |Tuple| {tuple}.  When this item is not
+		available return {default}.  Return zero when {default} is
+		omitted.
+		Preferably used as a |method|: >
+			mytuple->get(idx)
+<
+		Return type: any, depending on {tuple}
+
 get({blob}, {idx} [, {default}])			*get()-blob*
 		Get byte {idx} from |Blob| {blob}.  When this byte is not
 		available return {default}.  Return -1 when {default} is
@@ -4998,6 +5019,8 @@ getregionpos({pos1}, {pos2} [, {opts}])            *getregionpos()*
 		Can also be used as a |method|: >
 			getpos('.')->getregionpos(getpos("'a"))
 <
+		For an example, see the highlight-yank plugin |52.6|
+
 		Return type: list<list<list<number>>>


@@ -5817,8 +5840,8 @@ id({item})							*id()*
 <		prevents {item} from being garbage collected and provides a
 		way to get the {item} from the `id`.

-		{item} may be a List, Dictionary, Object, Job, Channel or
-		Blob. If the item is not a permitted type, or it is a null
+		{item} may be a List, Tuple, Dictionary, Object, Job, Channel
+		or Blob. If the item is not a permitted type, or it is a null
 		value, then an empty String is returned.

 		Can also be used as a |method|: >
@@ -5845,12 +5868,12 @@ index({object}, {expr} [, {start} [, {ic}]])			*index()*
 		Find {expr} in {object} and return its index.  See
 		|indexof()| for using a lambda to select the item.

-		If {object} is a |List| return the lowest index where the item
-		has a value equal to {expr}.  There is no automatic
-		conversion, so the String "4" is different from the Number 4.
-		And the number 4 is different from the Float 4.0.  The value
-		of 'ignorecase' is not used here, case matters as indicated by
-		the {ic} argument.
+		If {object} is a |List| or a |Tuple| return the lowest index
+		where the item has a value equal to {expr}.  There is no
+		automatic conversion, so the String "4" is different from the
+		Number 4.  And the number 4 is different from the Float 4.0.
+		The value of 'ignorecase' is not used here, case matters as
+		indicated by the {ic} argument.

 		If {object} is |Blob| return the lowest index where the byte
 		value is equal to {expr}.
@@ -5874,11 +5897,11 @@ index({object}, {expr} [, {start} [, {ic}]])			*index()*

 indexof({object}, {expr} [, {opts}])			*indexof()*
 		Returns the index of an item in {object} where {expr} is
-		v:true.  {object} must be a |List| or a |Blob|.
+		v:true.  {object} must be a |List|, a |Tuple| or a |Blob|.

-		If {object} is a |List|, evaluate {expr} for each item in the
-		List until the expression is v:true and return the index of
-		this item.
+		If {object} is a |List| or a |Tuple|, evaluate {expr} for each
+		item in the List or Tuple until the expression is v:true
+		and return the index of this item.

 		If {object} is a |Blob| evaluate {expr} for each byte in the
 		Blob until the expression is v:true and return the index of
@@ -5886,11 +5909,11 @@ indexof({object}, {expr} [, {opts}])			*indexof()*

 		{expr} must be a |string| or |Funcref|.

-		If {expr} is a |string|: If {object} is a |List|, inside
-		{expr} |v:key| has the index of the current List item and
-		|v:val| has the value of the item.  If {object} is a |Blob|,
-		inside {expr} |v:key| has the index of the current byte and
-		|v:val| has the byte value.
+		If {expr} is a |string|: If {object} is a |List| or a |Tuple|,
+		inside {expr} |v:key| has the index of the current List or
+		Tuple item and |v:val| has the value of the item.  If {object}
+		is a |Blob|, inside {expr} |v:key| has the index of the
+		current byte and |v:val| has the byte value.

 		If {expr} is a |Funcref| it must take two arguments:
 			1. the key or the index of the current item.
@@ -6200,9 +6223,9 @@ items({dict})						*items()*
 			   echo key .. ': ' .. value
 			endfor
 <
-		A List or a String argument is also supported.  In these
-		cases, items() returns a List with the index and the value at
-		the index.
+		A |List|, a |Tuple| or a |String| argument is also supported.
+		In these cases, items() returns a List with the index and the
+		value at the index.

 		Can also be used as a |method|: >
 			mydict->items()
@@ -6213,16 +6236,17 @@ items({dict})						*items()*
 job_ functions are documented here: |job-functions-details|


-join({list} [, {sep}])					*join()*
-		Join the items in {list} together into one String.
+join({expr} [, {sep}])					*join()*
+		Join the items in {expr} together into one String.  {expr} can
+		be a |List| or a |Tuple|.
 		When {sep} is specified it is put in between the items.  If
 		{sep} is omitted a single space is used.
 		Note that {sep} is not added at the end.  You might want to
 		add it there too: >
 			let lines = join(mylist, "\n") .. "\n"
-<		String items are used as-is.  |Lists| and |Dictionaries| are
-		converted into a string like with |string()|.
-		The opposite function is |split()|.
+<		String items are used as-is.  |Lists|, |Tuples| and
+		|Dictionaries| are converted into a string like with
+		|string()|.  The opposite function is |split()|.

 		Can also be used as a |method|: >
 			mylist->join()
@@ -6316,6 +6340,8 @@ json_encode({expr})					*json_encode()*
 		   |Funcref|		not possible, error
 		   |List|		as an array (possibly null); when
 					used recursively: []
+		   |Tuple|		as an array (possibly null); when
+					used recursively: []
 		   |Dict|		as an object (possibly null); when
 					used recursively: {}
 		   |Blob|		as an array of the individual bytes
@@ -6364,6 +6390,8 @@ len({expr})						*len()* *E701*
 		used, as with |strlen()|.
 		When {expr} is a |List| the number of items in the |List| is
 		returned.
+		When {expr} is a |Tuple| the number of items in the |Tuple| is
+		returned.
 		When {expr} is a |Blob| the number of bytes is returned.
 		When {expr} is a |Dictionary| the number of entries in the
 		|Dictionary| is returned.
@@ -6545,6 +6573,25 @@ list2str({list} [, {utf8}])				*list2str()*
 		Return type: |String|


+list2tuple({list})					*list2tuple()*
+		Create a Tuple from a shallow copy of the list items.
+		Examples: >
+			list2tuple([1, 2, 3])		returns (1, 2, 3)
+<		|tuple2list()| does the opposite.
+
+		This function doesn't recursively convert all the List items
+		in {list} to a Tuple.  Note that the items are identical
+		between the list and the tuple, changing an item changes the
+		contents of both the tuple and the list.
+
+		Returns an empty tuple on error.
+
+		Can also be used as a |method|: >
+			GetList()->list2tuple()
+<
+		Return type: tuple<{type}> (depending on the given |List|)
+
+
 listener_add({callback} [, {buf}])			*listener_add()*
 		Add a callback function that will be invoked when changes have
 		been made to buffer {buf}.
@@ -7275,6 +7322,9 @@ matchfuzzy({list}, {str} [, {dict}])			*matchfuzzy()*
 				given sequence.
 		    limit	Maximum number of matches in {list} to be
 				returned.  Zero means no limit.
+		    camelcase	Use enhanced camel case scoring making results
+				better suited for completion related to
+				programming languages.  Defaults to v:true.

 		If {list} is a list of dictionaries, then the optional {dict}
 		argument supports the following additional items:
@@ -7457,11 +7507,12 @@ max({expr})							*max()*
 		Return the maximum value of all items in {expr}. Example: >
 			echo max([apples, pears, oranges])

-<		{expr} can be a |List| or a |Dictionary|.  For a Dictionary,
-		it returns the maximum of all values in the Dictionary.
-		If {expr} is neither a List nor a Dictionary, or one of the
-		items in {expr} cannot be used as a Number this results in
-		an error.  An empty |List| or |Dictionary| results in zero.
+<		{expr} can be a |List|, a |Tuple| or a |Dictionary|.  For a
+		Dictionary, it returns the maximum of all values in the
+		Dictionary.  If {expr} is neither a List nor a Tuple nor a
+		Dictionary, or one of the items in {expr} cannot be used as a
+		Number this results in an error.  An empty |List|, |Tuple|
+		or |Dictionary| results in zero.

 		Can also be used as a |method|: >
 			mylist->max()
@@ -7548,11 +7599,12 @@ min({expr})							*min()*
 		Return the minimum value of all items in {expr}. Example:  >
 			echo min([apples, pears, oranges])

-<		{expr} can be a |List| or a |Dictionary|.  For a Dictionary,
-		it returns the minimum of all values in the Dictionary.
-		If {expr} is neither a List nor a Dictionary, or one of the
-		items in {expr} cannot be used as a Number this results in
-		an error.  An empty |List| or |Dictionary| results in zero.
+<		{expr} can be a |List|, a |Tuple| or a |Dictionary|.  For a
+		Dictionary, it returns the minimum of all values in the
+		Dictionary.  If {expr} is neither a List nor a Tuple nor a
+		Dictionary, or one of the items in {expr} cannot be used as a
+		Number this results in an error.  An empty |List|, |Tuple| or
+		|Dictionary| results in zero.

 		Can also be used as a |method|: >
 			mylist->min()
@@ -7587,9 +7639,8 @@ mkdir({name} [, {flags} [, {prot}]])			*mkdir()* *E739*
 		If {prot} is given it is used to set the protection bits of
 		the new directory.  The default is 0o755 (rwxr-xr-x: r/w for
 		the user, readable for others).  Use 0o700 to make it
-		unreadable for others.  This is only used for the last part of
-		{name}.  Thus if you create /tmp/foo/bar then /tmp/foo will be
-		created with 0o755.
+		unreadable for others.  This is used for the newly created
+		directories.  Note: umask is applied to {prot} (on Unix).
 		Example: >
 			:call mkdir($HOME .. "/tmp/foo/bar", "p", 0o700)

@@ -8289,13 +8340,14 @@ py3eval({expr} [, {locals}])				*py3eval()*
 		converted to Vim data structures.
 		If a {locals} |Dictionary| is given, it defines set of local
 		variables available in the expression. The keys are variable
-		names and the values are the variable values. |Dictionary| and
-		|List| values are referenced, and may be updated by the
-		expression (as if |python-bindeval| was used).
+		names and the values are the variable values. |Dictionary|,
+		|List| and |Tuple| values are referenced, and may be updated
+		by the expression (as if |python-bindeval| was used).
 		Numbers and strings are returned as they are (strings are
 		copied though, Unicode strings are additionally converted to
 		'encoding').
 		Lists are represented as Vim |List| type.
+		Tuples are represented as Vim |Tuple| type.
 		Dictionaries are represented as Vim |Dictionary| type with
 		keys converted to strings.
 		Note that in a `:def` function local variables are not visible
@@ -8317,6 +8369,7 @@ pyeval({expr} [, {locals}])				*pyeval()*
 		Numbers and strings are returned as they are (strings are
 		copied though).
 		Lists are represented as Vim |List| type.
+		Tuples are represented as Vim |Tuple| type.
 		Dictionaries are represented as Vim |Dictionary| type,
 		non-string keys result in error.
 		Note that in a `:def` function local variables are not visible
@@ -8576,8 +8629,8 @@ readfile({fname} [, {type} [, {max}]])

 reduce({object}, {func} [, {initial}])			*reduce()* *E998*
 		{func} is called for every item in {object}, which can be a
-		|String|, |List| or a |Blob|.  {func} is called with two
-		arguments: the result so far and current item.  After
+		|String|, |List|, |Tuple| or a |Blob|.  {func} is called with
+		two arguments: the result so far and current item.  After
 		processing all items the result is returned. *E1132*

 		{initial} is the initial result.  When omitted, the first item
@@ -8898,16 +8951,16 @@ repeat({expr}, {count})					*repeat()*
 		result.  Example: >
 			:let separator = repeat('-', 80)
 <		When {count} is zero or negative the result is empty.
-		When {expr} is a |List| or a |Blob| the result is {expr}
-		concatenated {count} times.  Example: >
+		When {expr} is a |List|, a |Tuple| or a |Blob| the result is
+		{expr} concatenated {count} times.  Example: >
 			:let longlist = repeat(['a', 'b'], 3)
 <		Results in ['a', 'b', 'a', 'b', 'a', 'b'].

 		Can also be used as a |method|: >
 			mylist->repeat(count)
 <
-		Return type: |String|, |Blob| or list<{type}> depending on
-		{expr}
+		Return type: |String|, |Blob|, list<{type}> or tuple<{type}>
+		depending on {expr}


 resolve({filename})					*resolve()* *E655*
@@ -8934,18 +8987,19 @@ resolve({filename})					*resolve()* *E655*

 reverse({object})					*reverse()*
 		Reverse the order of items in {object}.  {object} can be a
-		|List|, a |Blob| or a |String|.  For a List and a Blob the
-		items are reversed in-place and {object} is returned.
+		|List|, a |Tuple|, a |Blob| or a |String|.  For a List and a
+		Blob the items are reversed in-place and {object} is returned.
+		For a Tuple, a new Tuple is returned.
 		For a String a new String is returned.
-		Returns zero if {object} is not a List, Blob or a String.
-		If you want a List or Blob to remain unmodified make a copy
-		first: >
+		Returns zero if {object} is not a List, Tuple, Blob or a
+		String.  If you want a List or Blob to remain unmodified make
+		a copy first: >
 			:let revlist = reverse(copy(mylist))
 <		Can also be used as a |method|: >
 			mylist->reverse()
 <
-		Return type: |String|, |Blob| or list<{type}> depending on
-		{object}
+		Return type: |String|, |Blob|, list<{type}> or tuple<{type}>
+		depending on {object}


 round({expr})							*round()*
@@ -10320,7 +10374,7 @@ slice({expr}, {start} [, {end}])			*slice()*
 		Can also be used as a |method|: >
 			GetList()->slice(offset)
 <
-		Return type: list<{type}>
+		Return type: list<{type}> or tuple<{type}>


 sort({list} [, {how} [, {dict}]])			*sort()* *E702*
@@ -10671,7 +10725,8 @@ str2blob({list} [, {options}])					*str2blob()*

 		The argument {options} is a |Dict| and supports the following
 		items:
-		    encoding	Encode the characters using this encoding.
+		    encoding	Convert the characters using this encoding
+				before making the Blob.
 				The value is a |String|.  See |encoding-names|
 				for the supported values.

@@ -10683,11 +10738,12 @@ str2blob({list} [, {options}])					*str2blob()*
 		See also |blob2str()|

 		Examples: >
-		    str2blob(["ab"])	returns 0z6162
-		    str2blob(["«»"])	returns 0zC2ABC2BB
-		    str2blob(["a\nb"])	returns 0z610A62
-		    str2blob(readfile('myfile.txt'))
+		    str2blob(["ab"])		returns 0z6162
+		    str2blob(["«»"])		returns 0zC2ABC2BB
+		    str2blob(["a\nb"])		returns 0z610062
+		    str2blob(["a","b"])		returns 0z610A62
 		    str2blob(["«»"], {'encoding': 'latin1'}) returns 0zABBB
+		    str2blob(readfile('myfile.txt'))
 <
 		Can also be used as a |method|: >
 			GetListOfStrings()->str2blob()
@@ -10930,15 +10986,16 @@ string({expr})							*string()*
 			Funcref		function('name')
 			Blob		0z00112233.44556677.8899
 			List		[item, item]
+			Tuple		(item, item)
 			Dictionary	{key: value, key: value}
 			Class		class SomeName
 			Object		object of SomeName {lnum: 1, col: 3}
 			Enum		enum EnumName
 			EnumValue	enum name.value {name: str, ordinal: nr}

-		When a |List| or |Dictionary| has a recursive reference it is
-		replaced by "[...]" or "{...}".  Using eval() on the result
-		will then fail.
+		When a |List|, |Tuple| or |Dictionary| has a recursive
+		reference it is replaced by "[...]" or "(...)" or "{...}".
+		Using eval() on the result will then fail.

 		For an object, invokes the string() method to get a textual
 		representation of the object.  If the method is not present,
@@ -11892,6 +11949,25 @@ trunc({expr})							*trunc()*
 		Return type: |Float|


+tuple2list({list})					*tuple2list()*
+		Create a List from a shallow copy of the tuple items.
+		Examples: >
+			tuple2list((1, 2, 3))		returns [1, 2, 3]
+<		|list2tuple()| does the opposite.
+
+		This function doesn't recursively convert all the Tuple items
+		in {tuple} to a List.  Note that the items are identical
+		between the list and the tuple, changing an item changes the
+		contents of both the tuple and the list.
+
+		Returns an empty list on error.
+
+		Can also be used as a |method|: >
+			GetTuple()->tuple2list()
+<
+		Return type: list<{type}> (depending on the given |Tuple|)
+
+
 							*type()*
 type({expr})	The result is a Number representing the type of {expr}.
 		Instead of using the number directly, it is better to use the
@@ -11912,6 +11988,7 @@ type({expr})	The result is a Number representing the type of {expr}.
 			Typealias: 14  |v:t_typealias|
 			Enum:	   15  |v:t_enum|
 			EnumValue: 16  |v:t_enumvalue|
+			Tuple:	   17  |v:t_tuple|
 		For backward compatibility, this method can be used: >
 			:if type(myvar) == type(0)
 			:if type(myvar) == type("")
@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*change.txt*    For Vim version 9.1.  Last change: 2024 Dec 15
+*change.txt*    For Vim version 9.1.  Last change: 2025 Mar 18


 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -1149,6 +1149,11 @@ inside of strings can change!  Also see 'softtabstop' option. >
 :[line]pu[t]! [x]	Put the text [from register x] before [line] (default
 			current line).

+							*:ip* *:iput*
+:[line]ip[ut] [x]	like |:put|, but adjust indent to the current line
+
+:[line]ip[ut]! [x]	like |:put|!, but adjust indent to the current line
+
 ["x]]p		    or					*]p* *]<MiddleMouse>*
 ["x]]<MiddleMouse>	Like "p", but adjust the indent to the current line.
 			Using the mouse only works when 'mouse' contains 'n'
@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*cmdline.txt*   For Vim version 9.1.  Last change: 2024 Oct 05
+*cmdline.txt*   For Vim version 9.1.  Last change: 2025 Mar 08


 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -88,6 +88,10 @@ CTRL-SHIFT-V				*c_CTRL-SHIFT-V* *c_CTRL-SHIFT-Q*
 CTRL-SHIFT-Q	Works just like CTRL-V, unless |modifyOtherKeys| is active,
 		then it inserts the Escape sequence for a key with modifiers.
 		In the GUI the |key-notation| is inserted without simplifying.
+		Note: When CTRL-SHIFT-V is intercepted by your system (e.g.,
+		to paste text) you can often use CTRL-SHIFT-Q instead.
+		However, in some terminals (e.g. GNOME Terminal), CTRL-SHIFT-Q
+		quits the terminal without confirmation.

 							*c_<Left>* *c_Left*
 <Left>		cursor left.  See 'wildmenu' for behavior during wildmenu
@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*diff.txt*      For Vim version 9.1.  Last change: 2024 Feb 01
+*diff.txt*      For Vim version 9.1.  Last change: 2024 Mar 26


 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -226,14 +226,29 @@ The diffs are highlighted with these groups:
 |hl-DiffAdd|	DiffAdd		Added (inserted) lines.  These lines exist in
 				this buffer but not in another.
 |hl-DiffChange|	DiffChange	Changed lines.
-|hl-DiffText|	DiffText	Changed text inside a Changed line.  Vim
-				finds the first character that is different,
-				and the last character that is different
-				(searching from the end of the line).  The
-				text in between is highlighted.  This means
-				that parts in the middle that are still the
-				same are highlighted anyway.  The 'diffopt'
-				flags "iwhite" and "icase" are used here.
+|hl-DiffText|	DiffText	Changed text inside a Changed line.  Exact
+				behavior depends on the `inline:` setting in
+				'diffopt'.
+				With `inline:` set to "simple", Vim finds the
+				first character that is different, and the
+				last character that is different (searching
+				from the end of the line).  The text in
+				between is highlighted.  This means that parts
+				in the middle that are still the same are
+				highlighted anyway.  The 'diffopt' flags
+				"iwhite" and "icase" are used here.
+				With `inline:` set to "char" or "word", Vim
+				uses the internal diff library to perform a
+				detailed diff between the changed blocks and
+				highlight the exact difference between the
+				two.  Will respect any 'diffopt' flag that
+				affects internal diff.
+				Not used when `inline:` set to "none".
+|hl-DiffTextAdd|  DiffTextAdd	Added text inside a Changed line. Similar to
+				DiffText, but used when there is no
+				corresponding text in other buffers.  Will not
+				be used when `inline:` is set to "simple" or
+				"none".
 |hl-DiffDelete|	DiffDelete	Deleted lines.  Also called filler lines,
 				because they don't really exist in this
 				buffer.
@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*eval.txt*	For Vim version 9.1.  Last change: 2025 Jan 29
+*eval.txt*	For Vim version 9.1.  Last change: 2025 Mar 23


 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL	  by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -21,9 +21,10 @@ a remark is given.
    1.1 Variable types
    1.2 Function references		|Funcref|
    1.3 Lists				|Lists|
-    1.4 Dictionaries			|Dictionaries|
-    1.5 Blobs				|Blobs|
-    1.6 More about variables		|more-variables|
+    1.4 Tuples				|Tuples|
+    1.5 Dictionaries			|Dictionaries|
+    1.6 Blobs				|Blobs|
+    1.7 More about variables		|more-variables|
 2.  Expression syntax		|expression-syntax|
 3.  Internal variable		|internal-variables|
 4.  Builtin Functions		|functions|
@@ -46,8 +47,8 @@ Profiling is documented at |profiling|.

 1.1 Variable types ~
 					*E712* *E896* *E897* *E899* *E1098*
-					*E1107* *E1135* *E1138*
-There are ten types of variables:
+					*E1107* *E1135* *E1138* *E1523*
+There are eleven types of variables:

 							*Number* *Integer*
 Number		A 32 or 64 bit signed number.  |expr-number|
@@ -63,6 +64,10 @@ String		A NUL terminated string of 8-bit unsigned characters (bytes).
 List		An ordered sequence of items, see |List| for details.
 		Example: [1, 2, ['a', 'b']]

+Tuple		An ordered immutable sequence of items, see |Tuple| for
+		details.
+		Example: (1, 2, ('a', 'b'))
+
 Dictionary	An associative, unordered array: Each entry has a key and a
 		value. |Dictionary|
 		Examples:
@@ -165,16 +170,17 @@ A List, Dictionary or Float is not a Number or String, thus evaluate to FALSE.

 		*E611* *E745* *E728* *E703* *E729* *E730* *E731* *E908* *E910*
 		*E913* *E974* *E975* *E976* *E1319* *E1320* *E1321* *E1322*
-		*E1323* *E1324*
-|List|, |Dictionary|, |Funcref|, |Job|, |Channel|, |Blob|, |Class| and
-|object| types are not automatically converted.
+		*E1323* *E1324* *E1520* *E1522*
+|List|, |Tuple|, |Dictionary|, |Funcref|, |Job|, |Channel|, |Blob|, |Class|
+and |object| types are not automatically converted.

 							*E805* *E806* *E808*
 When mixing Number and Float the Number is converted to Float.  Otherwise
 there is no automatic conversion of Float.  You can use str2float() for String
 to Float, printf() for Float to String and float2nr() for Float to Number.

-			*E362* *E891* *E892* *E893* *E894* *E907* *E911* *E914*
+					*E362* *E891* *E892* *E893* *E894*
+					*E907* *E911* *E914* *E1521*
 When expecting a Float a Number can also be used, but nothing else.

 						*no-type-checking*
@@ -267,9 +273,9 @@ position in the sequence.

 List creation ~
 							*E696* *E697*
-A List is created with a comma-separated list of items in square brackets.
+A List is created with a comma-separated sequence of items in square brackets.
 Examples: >
-	:let mylist = [1, two, 3, "four"]
+	:let mylist = [1, "two", 3, "four"]
 	:let emptylist = []

 An item can be any expression.  Using a List for an item creates a
@@ -327,13 +333,13 @@ similar to -1. >
 	:let otherlist = mylist[:]	" make a copy of the List

 Notice that the last index is inclusive.  If you prefer using an exclusive
-index use the |slice()| method.
+index use the |slice()| function.

-If the first index is beyond the last item of the List or the second item is
+If the first index is beyond the last item of the List or the last index is
 before the first item, the result is an empty list.  There is no error
 message.

-If the second index is equal to or greater than the length of the list the
+If the last index is equal to or greater than the length of the list the
 length minus one is used: >
 	:let mylist = [0, 1, 2, 3]
 	:echo mylist[2:8]		" result: [2, 3]
@@ -463,8 +469,8 @@ Changing the order of items in a list: >

 For loop ~

-The |:for| loop executes commands for each item in a List, String or Blob.
-A variable is set to each item in sequence.  Example with a List: >
+The |:for| loop executes commands for each item in a List, Tuple, String or
+Blob.  A variable is set to each item in sequence.  Example with a List: >
 	:for item in mylist
 	:   call Doit(item)
 	:endfor
@@ -497,6 +503,8 @@ It is also possible to put remaining items in a List variable: >
 	:   endif
 	:endfor

+For a Tuple one tuple item at a time is used.
+
 For a Blob one byte at a time is used.

 For a String one character, including any composing characters, is used as a
@@ -527,8 +535,206 @@ Don't forget that a combination of features can make things simple.  For
 example, to add up all the numbers in a list: >
 	:exe 'let sum = ' .. join(nrlist, '+')

+1.4 Tuples ~
+						*tuple* *Tuple* *Tuples*
+						*E1532* *E1533*
+A Tuple is an ordered sequence of items.  An item can be of any type.  Items
+can be accessed by their index number.  A Tuple is immutable.

-1.4 Dictionaries ~
+A Tuple uses less memory compared to a List and provides O(1) lookup time.
+
+Tuple creation ~
+						*E1526* *E1527*
+A Tuple is created with a comma-separated sequence of items in parentheses.
+Examples: >
+	:let mytuple = (1, "two", 3, "four")
+	:let tuple = (5,)
+	:let emptytuple = ()
+
+An item can be any expression.  If there is only one item in the tuple, then
+the item must be followed by a comma.
+
+Using a Tuple for an item creates a Tuple of Tuples: >
+	:let nesttuple = ((11, 12), (21, 22), (31, 32))
+
+
+Tuple index ~
+							*tuple-index* *E1519*
+An item in the Tuple can be accessed by putting the index in square brackets
+after the Tuple.  Indexes are zero-based, thus the first item has index zero.
+>
+	:let item = mytuple[0]		" get the first item: 1
+	:let item = mytuple[2]		" get the third item: 3
+
+When the resulting item is a tuple this can be repeated: >
+	:let item = nesttuple[0][1]	" get the first tuple, second item: 12
+<
+A negative index is counted from the end.  Index -1 refers to the last item in
+the Tuple, -2 to the last but one item, etc. >
+	:let last = mytuple[-1]		" get the last item: "four"
+
+To avoid an error for an invalid index use the |get()| function.  When an item
+is not available it returns zero or the default value you specify: >
+	:echo get(mytuple, idx)
+	:echo get(mytuple, idx, "NONE")
+
+
+Tuple concatenation ~
+							*tuple-concatenation*
+Two tuples can be concatenated with the "+" operator: >
+	:let longtuple = mytuple + (5, 6)
+	:let longtuple = (5, 6) + mytuple
+To prepend or append an item, turn it into a tuple by putting () around it.
+The item must be followed by a comma.
+
+							*E1540*
+Two variadic tuples with same item type can be concatenated but with different
+item types cannot be concatenated.  Examples: >
+    var a: tuple<...list<number>> = (1, 2)
+    var b: tuple<...list<string>> = ('a', 'b')
+    echo a + b		# not allowed
+
+    var a: tuple<number, number> = (1, 2)
+    var b: tuple<...list<string>> = ('a', 'b')
+    echo a + b		# allowed
+
+    var a: tuple<...list<number>> = (1, 2)
+    var b: tuple<number, number> = (3, 4)
+    echo a + b		# not allowed
+
+    var a: tuple<...list<number>> = (1, 2)
+    var b: tuple<number, ...list<number>> = (3, 4)
+    echo a + b		# not allowed
+<
+Note that a tuple is immutable and items cannot be added or removed from a
+tuple.
+
+
+Subtuple ~
+							*subtuple*
+A part of the Tuple can be obtained by specifying the first and last index,
+separated by a colon in square brackets: >
+	:let shorttuple = mytuple[2:-1]	" get Tuple (3, "four")
+
+Omitting the first index is similar to zero.  Omitting the last index is
+similar to -1. >
+	:let endtuple = mytuple[2:]	" from item 2 to the end: (3, "four")
+	:let shorttuple = mytuple[2:2]	" Tuple with one item: (3,)
+	:let othertuple = mytuple[:]	" make a copy of the Tuple
+
+Notice that the last index is inclusive.  If you prefer using an exclusive
+index, use the |slice()| function.
+
+If the first index is beyond the last item of the Tuple or the last index is
+before the first item, the result is an empty tuple.  There is no error
+message.
+
+If the last index is equal to or greater than the length of the tuple, the
+length minus one is used: >
+	:let mytuple = (0, 1, 2, 3)
+	:echo mytuple[2:8]		" result: (2, 3)
+
+NOTE: mytuple[s:e] means using the variable "s:e" as index.  Watch out for
+using a single letter variable before the ":".  Insert a space when needed:
+mytuple[s : e].
+
+
+Tuple identity ~
+							*tuple-identity*
+When variable "aa" is a tuple and you assign it to another variable "bb", both
+variables refer to the same tuple: >
+	:let aa = (1, 2, 3)
+	:let bb = aa
+<
+
+Making a copy of a tuple is done with the |copy()| function.  Using [:] also
+works, as explained above.  This creates a shallow copy of the tuple: For
+example, changing a list item in the tuple will also change the item in the
+copied tuple: >
+	:let aa = ([1, 'a'], 2, 3)
+	:let bb = copy(aa)
+	:let aa[0][1] = 'aaa'
+	:echo aa
+<	([1, aaa], 2, 3) >
+	:echo bb
+<	([1, aaa], 2, 3)
+
+To make a completely independent tuple, use |deepcopy()|.  This also makes a
+copy of the values in the tuple, recursively.  Up to a hundred levels deep.
+
+The operator "is" can be used to check if two variables refer to the same
+Tuple.  "isnot" does the opposite.  In contrast, "==" compares if two tuples
+have the same value. >
+	:let atuple = (1, 2, 3)
+	:let btuple = (1, 2, 3)
+	:echo atuple is btuple
+<	0 >
+	:echo atuple == btuple
+<	1
+
+Note about comparing tuples: Two tuples are considered equal if they have the
+same length and all items compare equal, as with using "==".  There is one
+exception: When comparing a number with a string they are considered
+different.  There is no automatic type conversion, as with using "==" on
+variables.  Example: >
+	echo 4 == "4"
+<	1 >
+	echo (4,) == ("4",)
+<	0
+
+Thus comparing Tuples is more strict than comparing numbers and strings.  You
+can compare simple values this way too by putting them in a tuple: >
+
+	:let a = 5
+	:let b = "5"
+	:echo a == b
+<	1 >
+	:echo (a,) == (b,)
+<	0
+
+
+Tuple unpack ~
+
+To unpack the items in a tuple to individual variables, put the variables in
+square brackets, like list items: >
+	:let [var1, var2] = mytuple
+
+When the number of variables does not match the number of items in the tuple
+this produces an error.  To handle any extra items from the tuple, append ";"
+and a variable name (which will then be of type tuple): >
+	:let [var1, var2; rest] = mytuple
+
+This works like: >
+	:let var1 = mytuple[0]
+	:let var2 = mytuple[1]
+	:let rest = mytuple[2:]
+
+Except that there is no error if there are only two items.  "rest" will be an
+empty tuple then.
+
+
+Tuple functions ~
+						*E1536*
+Functions that are useful with a Tuple: >
+	:let xs = count(tuple, 'x')	" count number of 'x's in tuple
+	:if empty(tuple)		" check if tuple is empty
+	:let i = index(tuple, 'x')	" index of first 'x' in tuple
+	:let l = items(tuple)		" list of items in a tuple
+	:let string = join(tuple, ', ')	" create string from tuple items
+	:let l = len(tuple)		" number of items in tuple
+	:let big = max(tuple)		" maximum value in tuple
+	:let small = min(tuple)		" minimum value in tuple
+	:let r = repeat(tuple, n)	" repeat a tuple n times
+	:let r = reverse(tuple)		" reverse a tuple
+	:let s = slice(tuple, n1, n2)	" slice a tuple
+	:let s = string(tuple)		" String representation of tuple
+	:let l = tuple2list(tuple)	" convert a tuple to list
+	:let t = list2tuple(list)	" convert a list to tuple
+<
+						*E1524*
+A tuple cannot be used with the |map()|, |mapnew()| and |filter()| functions.
+
+1.5 Dictionaries ~
 				*dict* *Dict* *Dictionaries* *Dictionary*
 A Dictionary is an associative array: Each entry has a key and a value.  The
 entry can be located with the key.  The entries are stored without a specific
@@ -537,10 +743,10 @@ ordering.

 Dictionary creation ~
 						*E720* *E721* *E722* *E723*
-A Dictionary is created with a comma-separated list of entries in curly
+A Dictionary is created with a comma-separated sequence of entries in curly
 braces.  Each entry has a key and a value, separated by a colon.  Each key can
 only appear once.  Examples: >
-	:let mydict = {1: 'one', 2: 'two', 3: 'three'}
+	:let mydict = {'one': 1, 'two': 2, 'three': 3}
 	:let emptydict = {}
 <							*E713* *E716* *E717*
 A key is always a String.  You can use a Number, it will be converted to a
@@ -570,8 +776,11 @@ An extra comma after the last entry is ignored.
 Accessing entries ~

 The normal way to access an entry is by putting the key in square brackets: >
+	:let mydict = {'one': 1, 'two': 2, 'three': 3}
 	:let val = mydict["one"]
 	:let mydict["four"] = 4
+	:let val = mydict.one
+	:let mydict.four = 4

 You can add new entries to an existing Dictionary this way, unlike Lists.

@@ -709,7 +918,7 @@ Functions that can be used with a Dictionary: >
 	:call map(dict, '">> " .. v:val')  " prepend ">> " to each item


-1.5 Blobs ~
+1.6 Blobs ~
 						*blob* *Blob* *Blobs* *E978*
 A Blob is a binary object.  It can be used to read an image from a file and
 send it over a channel, for example.
@@ -856,7 +1065,7 @@ Making a copy of a Blob is done with the |copy()| function.  Using [:] also
 works, as explained above.


-1.6 More about variables ~
+1.7 More about variables ~
 							*more-variables*
 If you need to know the type of a variable or expression, use the |type()|
 function.
@@ -907,16 +1116,18 @@ Expression syntax summary, from least to most significant:
 	etc.			As above, append ? for ignoring case, # for
 				matching case

-	expr5 is expr5		same |List|, |Dictionary| or |Blob| instance
-	expr5 isnot expr5	different |List|, |Dictionary| or |Blob|
+	expr5 is expr5		same |List|, |Tuple|, |Dictionary| or |Blob|
 				instance
+	expr5 isnot expr5	different |List|, |Tuple|, |Dictionary| or
+				|Blob| instance

 |expr5|	expr6
 	expr6 << expr6		bitwise left shift
 	expr6 >> expr6		bitwise right shift

 |expr6|	expr7
-	expr7 +	 expr7 ...	number addition, list or blob concatenation
+	expr7 +	 expr7 ...	number addition, list or tuple or blob
+				concatenation
 	expr7 -	 expr7 ...	number subtraction
 	expr7 .	 expr7 ...	string concatenation
 	expr7 .. expr7 ...	string concatenation
@@ -935,8 +1146,10 @@ Expression syntax summary, from least to most significant:
 	+ expr9			unary plus

 |expr10|  expr11
-	expr10[expr1]		byte of a String or item of a |List|
+	expr10[expr1]		byte of a String or item of a |List| or
+				|Tuple|
 	expr10[expr1 : expr1]	substring of a String or sublist of a |List|
+				or a slice of a |Tuple|
 	expr10.name		entry in a |Dictionary|
 	expr10(expr1, ...)	function call with |Funcref| variable
 	expr10->name(expr1, ...)	|method| call
@@ -945,6 +1158,7 @@ Expression syntax summary, from least to most significant:
 	"string"		string constant, backslash is special
 	'string'		string constant, ' is doubled
 	[expr1, ...]		|List|
+	(expr1, ...)		|Tuple|
 	{expr1: expr1, ...}	|Dictionary|
 	#{key: expr1, ...}	legacy |Dictionary|
 	&option			option value
@@ -1101,10 +1315,11 @@ Examples:
 "abc" == "Abc"	  evaluates to 1 if 'ignorecase' is set, 0 otherwise
 NOTE: In |Vim9| script 'ignorecase' is not used.

-							*E691* *E692*
+						*E691* *E692* *E1517* *E1518*
 A |List| can only be compared with a |List| and only "equal", "not equal",
 "is" and "isnot" can be used.  This compares the values of the list,
 recursively.  Ignoring case means case is ignored when comparing item values.
+Same applies for a |Tuple|.

 							*E735* *E736*
 A |Dictionary| can only be compared with a |Dictionary| and only "equal", "not
@@ -1124,12 +1339,13 @@ Dictionary and arguments, use |get()| to get the function name: >
 	if get(Part1, 'name') == get(Part2, 'name')
 	   " Part1 and Part2 refer to the same function
 <							*E1037*
-Using "is" or "isnot" with a |List|, |Dictionary| or |Blob| checks whether
-the expressions are referring to the same |List|, |Dictionary| or |Blob|
-instance.  A copy of a |List| is different from the original |List|.  When
-using "is" without a |List|, |Dictionary| or |Blob|, it is equivalent to
-using "equal", using "isnot" equivalent to using "not equal".  Except that
-a different type means the values are different: >
+Using "is" or "isnot" with a |List|, |Tuple|, |Dictionary| or |Blob| checks
+whether the expressions are referring to the same |List|, |Tuple|,
+|Dictionary| or |Blob| instance.  A copy of a |List| or |Tuple| is different
+from the original |List| or |Tuple|.  When using "is" without a |List|,
+|Tuple|, |Dictionary| or |Blob|, it is equivalent to using "equal", using
+"isnot" is equivalent to using "not equal".  Except that a different type
+means the values are different: >
 	echo 4 == '4'
 	1
 	echo 4 is '4'
@@ -1147,7 +1363,7 @@ that: >
 because 'x' converted to a Number is zero.  However: >
 	echo [0] == ['x']
 	0
-Inside a List or Dictionary this conversion is not used.
+Inside a List or Tuple or Dictionary this conversion is not used.

 In |Vim9| script the types must match.

@@ -1191,13 +1407,14 @@ topmost bit (sometimes called the sign bit) is cleared.  If the right operand

 expr6 and expr7				*expr6* *expr7* *E1036* *E1051*
 ---------------
-expr7 + expr7   Number addition, |List| or |Blob| concatenation	*expr-+*
+								*expr-+*
+expr7 + expr7   Number addition, |List| or |Tuple| or |Blob| concatenation
 expr7 - expr7   Number subtraction				*expr--*
 expr7 . expr7   String concatenation				*expr-.*
 expr7 .. expr7  String concatenation				*expr-..*

 For |Lists| only "+" is possible and then both expr7 must be a list.  The
-result is a new list with the two lists Concatenated.
+result is a new list with the two lists concatenated.  Same for a |Tuple|.

 For String concatenation ".." is preferred, since "." is ambiguous, it is also
 used for |Dict| member access and floating point numbers.
@@ -1295,7 +1512,8 @@ in any order.  E.g., these are all possible:
 	expr10->(expr1, ...)[expr1]
 Evaluation is always from left to right.

-expr10[expr1]		item of String or |List|	*expr-[]* *E111*
+							*expr-[]* *E111*
+expr10[expr1]		item of String or |List| or |Tuple|
 						*E909* *subscript* *E1062*
 In legacy Vim script:
 If expr10 is a Number or String this results in a String that contains the
@@ -1328,6 +1546,8 @@ Generally, if a |List| index is equal to or higher than the length of the
 |List|, or more negative than the length of the |List|, this results in an
 error.

+A |Tuple| index is similar to a |List| index as explained above.
+

 expr10[expr1a : expr1b]	substring or |sublist|		*expr-[:]* *substring*

@@ -1369,6 +1589,7 @@ just above. Also see |sublist| below.  Examples: >
 	:let l = mylist[:3]		" first four items
 	:let l = mylist[4:4]		" List with one item
 	:let l = mylist[:]		" shallow copy of a List
+A |Tuple| slice is similar to a |List| slice.

 If expr10 is a |Blob| this results in a new |Blob| with the bytes in the
 indexes expr1a and expr1b, inclusive.  Examples: >
@@ -2081,7 +2302,7 @@ v:colornames    A dictionary that maps color names to hex color strings. These

 		You can make changes to that file, but make sure to add new
 		keys instead of updating existing ones, otherwise Vim will skip
-		loading the file (thinking is hasn't been changed).
+		loading the file (thinking it hasn't been changed).

 				*v:completed_item* *completed_item-variable*
 v:completed_item
@@ -2630,6 +2851,8 @@ v:t_typealias	Value of |typealias| type.  Read-only.  See: |type()|
 v:t_enum	Value of |enum| type.  Read-only.  See: |type()|
 					*v:t_enumvalue* *t_enumvalue-variable*
 v:t_enumvalue	Value of |enumvalue| type.  Read-only.  See: |type()|
+					*v:t_tuple* *t_tuple-variable*
+v:t_tuple	Value of |Tuple| type.  Read-only.  See: |type()|

 				*v:termresponse* *termresponse-variable*
 v:termresponse	The escape sequence returned by the terminal for the |t_RV|
@@ -2949,13 +3172,13 @@ declarations and assignments do not use a command.  |vim9-declaration|
 :let &g:{option-name} -= {expr1}
 			Like above, but only set the global value of an option
 			(if there is one).  Works like |:setglobal|.
-								*E1093*
+						*E1093* *E1537* *E1538* *E1535*
 :let [{name1}, {name2}, ...] = {expr1}		*:let-unpack* *E687* *E688*
-			{expr1} must evaluate to a |List|.  The first item in
-			the list is assigned to {name1}, the second item to
-			{name2}, etc.
+			{expr1} must evaluate to a |List| or a |Tuple|.  The
+			first item in the list or tuple is assigned to
+			{name1}, the second item to {name2}, etc.
 			The number of names must match the number of items in
-			the |List|.
+			the |List| or |Tuple|.
 			Each name can be one of the items of the ":let"
 			command as mentioned above.
 			Example: >
@@ -2972,16 +3195,22 @@ declarations and assignments do not use a command.  |vim9-declaration|
 :let [{name1}, {name2}, ...] .= {expr1}
 :let [{name1}, {name2}, ...] += {expr1}
 :let [{name1}, {name2}, ...] -= {expr1}
-			Like above, but append/add/subtract the value for each
-			|List| item.
+:let [{name1}, {name2}, ...] *= {expr1}
+:let [{name1}, {name2}, ...] /= {expr1}
+:let [{name1}, {name2}, ...] %= {expr1}
+			Like above, but append, add, subtract, multiply,
+			divide, or modulo the value for each |List| or |Tuple|
+			item.

 :let [{name}, ..., ; {lastname}] = {expr1}				*E452*
-			Like |:let-unpack| above, but the |List| may have more
-			items than there are names.  A list of the remaining
-			items is assigned to {lastname}.  If there are no
-			remaining items {lastname} is set to an empty list.
+			Like |:let-unpack| above, but the |List| or |Tuple|
+			may have more items than there are names.  A list or a
+			tuple of the remaining items is assigned to
+			{lastname}.  If there are no remaining items,
+			{lastname} is set to an empty list or tuple.
 			Example: >
 				:let [a, b; rest] = ["aval", "bval", 3, 4]
+				:let [a, b; rest] = ("aval", "bval", 3, 4)
 <
 :let [{name}, ..., ; {lastname}] .= {expr1}
 :let [{name}, ..., ; {lastname}] += {expr1}
@@ -3176,23 +3405,26 @@ text...
 			get an error message: "E940: Cannot lock or unlock
 			variable {name}".

-			[depth] is relevant when locking a |List| or
-			|Dictionary|.  It specifies how deep the locking goes:
+			[depth] is relevant when locking a |List|, a |Tuple|
+			or a |Dictionary|.  It specifies how deep the locking
+			goes:
 				0	Lock the variable {name} but not its
 					value.
-				1	Lock the |List| or |Dictionary| itself,
-					cannot add or remove items, but can
-					still change their values.
+				1	Lock the |List| or |Tuple| or
+					|Dictionary| itself, cannot add or
+					remove items, but can still change
+					their values.
 				2	Also lock the values, cannot change
 					the items.  If an item is a |List| or
-					|Dictionary|, cannot add or remove
-					items, but can still change the
+					|Tuple| or |Dictionary|, cannot add or
+					remove items, but can still change the
 					values.
-				3	Like 2 but for the |List| /
-					|Dictionary| in the |List| /
+				3	Like 2 but for the |List| / |Tuple| /
+					|Dictionary| in the |List| / |Tuple| /
 					|Dictionary|, one level deeper.
-			The default [depth] is 2, thus when {name} is a |List|
-			or |Dictionary| the values cannot be changed.
+			The default [depth] is 2, thus when {name} is a
+			|List|, a |Tuple| or a |Dictionary| the values cannot
+			be changed.

 			Example with [depth] 0: >
 				let mylist = [1, 2, 3]
@@ -3297,7 +3529,7 @@ text...
 :endfo[r]						*:endfo* *:endfor*
 			Repeat the commands between `:for` and `:endfor` for
 			each item in {object}.  {object} can be a |List|,
-			a |Blob| or a |String|. *E1177*
+			a |Tuple|, a |Blob| or a |String|. *E1177*

 			Variable {var} is set to the value of each item.
 			In |Vim9| script the loop variable must not have been
@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*filetype.txt*	For Vim version 9.1.  Last change: 2025 Feb 20
+*filetype.txt*	For Vim version 9.1.  Last change: 2025 Mar 15


 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -640,6 +640,25 @@ One command, :DiffGitCached, is provided to show a diff of the current commit
 in the preview window.  It is equivalent to calling "git diff --cached" plus
 any arguments given to the command.

+GIT REBASE						*ft-gitrebase-plugin*
+
+The gitrebase filetype defines the following buffer-local commands, to help
+with interactive `git rebase`: >
+
+	:Drop   " to discard this commit
+	:Edit   " to stop for editing this commit
+	:Fixup  " to squash (but discard the message) into the previous one
+	:Pick   " to pick this commit (the cursor is on)
+	:Reword " to pick this commit, but change the commit message
+	:Squash " to squash this commit into the previous one
+
+In addition, the following command can be used to cycle between the different
+possibilities: >
+
+	:Cycle  " to cycle between the previous commands
+<
+The `:Cycle` command is also mapped to the CTRL-A and CTRL-X keys.
+For details, see `git-rebase --help`.

 GO							*ft-go-plugin*

@@ -744,12 +763,21 @@ Add following lines to $HOME/.vim/ftplugin/json.vim: >
 	import autoload 'dist/json.vim'
 	setl formatexpr=json.FormatExpr()

-LUA							*ft-lua-plugin*
+LUA					*ft-lua-plugin* *g:lua_folding*

 You can enable folding of Lua functions using |fold-expr| by: >

 	let g:lua_folding = 1
+<					*g:lua_version* *g:lua_subversion*
+Lua filetype's 'includeexpr' and |ft-lua-syntax| highlighting use the global
+variables "g:lua_version" and "g:lua_subversion" to determine the version of
+Lua to use (5.3 is the default)

+For example, to use Lua 5.1, set the variables like this: >
+
+	let g:lua_version = 5
+	let g:lua_subversion = 1
+<
 MAIL							*ft-mail-plugin*

 Options:
@@ -767,7 +795,7 @@ Local mappings:
 	to the end of the file in Normal mode.  This means "> " is inserted in
 	each line.

-MAN					*ft-man-plugin* *:Man* *man.vim*
+MAN				*ft-man-plugin* *:Man* *:ManReload* *man.vim*

 This plugin displays a manual page in a nice way.  See |find-manpage| in the
 user manual for more information.
@@ -784,6 +812,8 @@ Commands:
 Man {name}	Display the manual page for {name} in a window.
 Man {number} {name}
 		Display the manual page for {name} in a section {number}.
+ManReload	Reload the cache of available man pages used for |:Man| argument
+		completion.

 Global mapping:
 <Leader>K	Displays the manual page for the word under the cursor.
@@ -814,6 +844,14 @@ desired folding style instead.  For example: >
 If you would like :Man {number} {name} to behave like man {number} {name} by
 not running man {name} if no page is found, then use this: >
 	let g:ft_man_no_sect_fallback = 1
+<
+						*g:ft_man_implementation*
+The completion for the :Man command tries to guess which implementation of man
+the system has. If it guesses wrong, you can set g:ft_man_implementation to
+one of these values:
+	'man-db'	https://man-db.nongnu.org/
+	''		Unknown, fall back to completing shell commands
+			instead of man pages.

 You may also want to set 'keywordprg' to make the |K| command open a manual
 page in a Vim window: >
@@ -865,6 +903,12 @@ the PDF.  The following are treated as tags:

 These maps can be disabled with >
 	:let g:no_pdf_maps = 1
+
+PLSQL							*ft-plsql-plugin*
+
+To enable syntax folding in PL/SQL filetypes, set the following variable: >
+
+	:let g:plsql_fold = 1
 <

 PYTHON						*ft-python-plugin* *PEP8*
@@ -283,8 +283,6 @@ as general information regarding macOS user defaults.
 Here is a list of relevant dictionary entries:

 KEY				VALUE ~
-*MMAllowForceClickLookUp*	use Force click for data lookup instead of
-				<ForceClick> [bool]
 *MMCellWidthMultiplier*		width of a normal glyph in em units [float]
 *MMCmdLineAlignBottom*		Pin command-line to bottom of MacVim [bool]
 *MMDialogsTrackPwd*		open/save dialogs track the Vim pwd [bool]
@@ -307,7 +305,6 @@ KEY				VALUE ~
 *MMTitlebarAppearsTransparent*	enable a transparent titlebar [bool]
 *MMAppearanceModeSelection*	dark mode selection (|macvim-dark-mode|)[bool]
 *MMRendererClipToRow*		clip tall characters to the row they are on [bool]
-*MMScrollOneDirectionOnly*	scroll along one axis only when using trackpad [bool]
 *MMSmoothResize*		allow smooth resizing of MacVim window [bool]
 *MMShareFindPboard*		share search text to Find Pasteboard [bool]
 *MMTextInsetBottom*		text area offset in pixels [int]
@@ -316,12 +313,22 @@ KEY				VALUE ~
 *MMTextInsetTop*		text area offset in pixels [int]
 *MMTexturedWindow*		use brushed metal window (Tiger only) [bool]
 *MMTranslateCtrlClick*		interpret ctrl-click as right-click [bool]
-*MMUseMouseTime*		use mousetime to detect multiple clicks [bool]
 *MMVerticalSplit*		files open in vertical splits [bool]
 *MMZoomBoth*			zoom button maximizes both directions [bool]
 *MMUpdaterPrereleaseChannel*	opt-in to pre-release software update [bool]
 *MMShowWhatsNewOnStartup*	show "What's New" after updating to new version [bool]

+Mouse / Trackpad ~
+*MMScrollOneDirectionOnly*	scroll along one axis only when using trackpad [bool]
+*MMAllowForceClickLookUp*	use Force click for data lookup instead of
+				<ForceClick> [bool]
+*MMMouseWheelDisableAcceleration* disable OS scroll wheel acceleration [bool]
+*MMMouseWheelNumLines*		how many lines to scroll when scroll wheel
+				acceleration is turned off [int]
+*MMMouseWheelMinLines*		min number of lines to scroll per scroll wheel
+				click when acceleration is on [int]
+*MMUseMouseTime*		use mousetime to detect multiple clicks [bool]
+
 Tabs ~
 *MMTabColorsMode*		use default/auto/colorscheme for tab colors [int]
 *MMWindowUseTabBackgroundColor*	use tabs background fill color as window color [bool]
@@ -395,32 +402,23 @@ top of the screen, you can set |MMNonNativeFullScreenShowMenu| to `NO` and
 ==============================================================================
 5. Special colors					*macvim-colors*

-The colors in MacVim are defined in two dictionaries inside the "Resources"
-folder of the application bundle (MacVim.app/Contents/Resources).  It is
-possible to add more colors by modifying these files.  Color names are case
-insensitive when accessed from Vim, but in the dictionary they must be
-lowercase.
+MacVim mostly uses standard Vim colors.  See |gui-colors| and |v:colornames|
+for how to set and override them.

 							*SystemColors.plist*
-There are only a few system colors that can be accessed from Vim.  These
-colors are defined in the dictionary "SystemColors.plist".  This dictionary
-stores (key, value) pairs where the key is the name of the color and the
-value is an NSColor selector name.
+There are a few additional system colors that can be used in the |:hi|
+command.  These colors are defined in the dictionary "SystemColors.plist" in
+the MacVim.app bundle.  These color values correspond to NSColor selectors in
+macOS.  The available color names are:

-The most useful system colors are: >
-	MacSelectedTextBackgroundColor
-	MacSecondarySelectedColor
-The former is the "Highlight Color" which can be changed in the "Appearance"
-section of the System Settings.  The latter is the selection color used by
-a Cocoa application when it is not in focus.
-
-							*Colors.plist*
-Apart from the system colors, it is also possible to use the standard X11
-color names (see https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/X11_color_names) which usually
-come in a file called "rgb.txt".  MacVim does not have such a file, instead it
-keeps these colors in a dictionary called "Colors.plist". The key in this
-dictionary is the name of the color and the value is an RGB value on the form
-#rrggbb stored as an integer.
+KEY					VALUE ~
+MacSecondarySelectedControlColor	Selection color when app is not in
+					focus.
+MacSelectedTextBackgroundColor		"Highlight Color" which can be changed
+					in the "Appearance" section of System
+					Settings.
+MacTextBackgroundColor			Normal text background color.
+MacTextColor				Normal text color.

 							*macvim-colorscheme*
 MacVim ships with a custom color scheme that is used instead of the default
@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*if_pyth.txt*   For Vim version 9.1.  Last change: 2024 Nov 09
+*if_pyth.txt*   For Vim version 9.1.  Last change: 2025 Mar 26


 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Paul Moore
@@ -184,8 +184,9 @@ vim.eval(str)						*python-eval*
 	evaluator (see |expression|).  Returns the expression result as:
 	- a string if the Vim expression evaluates to a string or number
 	- a list if the Vim expression evaluates to a Vim list
+	- a tuple if the Vim expression evaluates to a Vim tuple
 	- a dictionary if the Vim expression evaluates to a Vim dictionary
-	Dictionaries and lists are recursively expanded.
+	Dictionaries, lists and tuples are recursively expanded.
 	Examples: >
 	    :" value of the 'textwidth' option
 	    :py text_width = vim.eval("&tw")
@@ -196,6 +197,8 @@ vim.eval(str)						*python-eval*
 	    :" Result is a string! Use string.atoi() to convert to a number.
 	    :py str = vim.eval("12+12")
 	    :
+	    :py tuple = vim.eval('(1, 2, 3)')
+	    :
 	    :py tagList = vim.eval('taglist("eval_expr")')
 <	The latter will return a python list of python dicts, for instance:
 	[{'cmd': '/^eval_expr(arg, nextcmd)$/', 'static': 0, 'name': ~
@@ -207,8 +210,8 @@ vim.eval(str)						*python-eval*

 vim.bindeval(str)					*python-bindeval*
 	Like |python-eval|, but returns special objects described in
-	|python-bindeval-objects|. These python objects let you modify (|List|
-	or |Dictionary|) or call (|Funcref|) vim objects.
+	|python-bindeval-objects|. These python objects let you modify
+	(|List|, |Tuple| or |Dictionary|) or call (|Funcref|) vim objects.

 vim.strwidth(str)					*python-strwidth*
 	Like |strwidth()|: returns number of display cells str occupies, tab
@@ -688,6 +691,22 @@ vim.List object					*python-List*
        print isinstance(l, vim.List)	# True
        class List(vim.List):		# Subclassing

+vim.Tuple object				*python-Tuple*
+    Sequence-like object providing access to vim |Tuple| type.
+    Supports `.locked` attribute, see |python-.locked|. Also supports the
+    following methods:
+        Method          Description ~
+        __new__(), __new__(iterable)
+                        You can use `vim.Tuple()` to create new vim tuples.
+                        Without arguments constructs empty list.
+    Examples: >
+        t = vim.Tuple("abc")		# Constructor, result: ('a', 'b', 'c')
+        print t[1:]			# slicing
+        print t[0]			# getting item
+        for i in t:			# iteration
+        print isinstance(t, vim.Tuple)	# True
+        class Tuple(vim.Tuple):		# Subclassing
+
 vim.Function object				*python-Function*
    Function-like object, acting like vim |Funcref| object. Accepts special
    keyword argument `self`, see |Dictionary-function|. You can also use
@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*index.txt*     For Vim version 9.1.  Last change: 2025 Jan 03
+*index.txt*     For Vim version 9.1.  Last change: 2025 Mar 18


 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -1400,6 +1400,8 @@ tag		command		action ~
 |:inoremenu|	:inoreme[nu]	like ":noremenu" but for Insert mode
 |:intro|	:int[ro]	print the introductory message
 |:interface|	:interface	start of an interface declaration
+|:iput|		:ip[ut]		like |:put|, but adjust the indent to the
+				current line
 |:isearch|	:is[earch]	list one line where identifier matches
 |:isplit|	:isp[lit]	split window and jump to definition of
 				identifier
@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*insert.txt*    For Vim version 9.1.  Last change: 2025 Feb 14
+*insert.txt*    For Vim version 9.1.  Last change: 2025 Mar 09


 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -222,6 +222,10 @@ CTRL-Q		Same as CTRL-V.
 CTRL-SHIFT-V				*i_CTRL-SHIFT-V* *i_CTRL-SHIFT-Q*
 CTRL-SHIFT-Q	Works just like CTRL-V, unless |modifyOtherKeys| is active,
 		then it inserts the Escape sequence for a key with modifiers.
+		Note: When CTRL-SHIFT-V is intercepted by your system (e.g.,
+		to paste text) you can often use CTRL-SHIFT-Q instead.
+		However, in some terminals (e.g. GNOME Terminal), CTRL-SHIFT-Q
+		quits the terminal without confirmation.

 CTRL-X		Enter CTRL-X mode.  This is a sub-mode where commands can
 		be given to complete words or scroll the window.  See
@@ -659,8 +663,8 @@ Also see the 'infercase' option if you want to adjust the case of the match.

 When inserting a selected candidate word from the |popup-menu|, the part of
 the candidate word that does not match the query is highlighted using
-|hl-ComplMatchIns|. If fuzzy is enabled in 'completopt', highlighting will not
-be applied.
+|hl-ComplMatchIns|.  If fuzzy is enabled in 'completeopt', highlighting will
+not be applied.

 							*complete_CTRL-E*
 When completion is active you can use CTRL-E to stop it and go back to the
@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*options.txt*	For Vim version 9.1.  Last change: 2025 Feb 16
+*options.txt*	For Vim version 9.1.  Last change: 2025 Mar 27


 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL	  by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -2119,13 +2119,35 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 	This option cannot be set from a |modeline| or in the |sandbox|, for
 	security reasons.

+						*'completefuzzycollect'* *'cfc'*
+'completefuzzycollect' 'cfc'	string	(default: empty)
+				global
+	A comma-separated list of strings to enable fuzzy collection for
+	specific |ins-completion| modes, affecting how matches are gathered
+	during completion.  For specified modes, fuzzy matching is used to
+	find completion candidates instead of the standard prefix-based
+	matching.  This option can contain the following values:
+
+	keyword		keywords in the current file	|i_CTRL-X_CTRL-N|
+			keywords with flags ".", "w",	|i_CTRL-N| |i_CTRL-P|
+			"b", "u", "U" and "k{dict}" in 'complete'
+			keywords in 'dictionary'	|i_CTRL-X_CTRL-K|
+
+	files		file names			|i_CTRL-X_CTRL-F|
+
+	whole_line	whole lines			|i_CTRL-X_CTRL-L|
+
+	When using the 'completeopt' "longest" option value, fuzzy collection
+	can identify the longest common string among the best fuzzy matches
+	and insert it automatically.
+
 						*'completeitemalign'* *'cia'*
 'completeitemalign' 'cia' string (default: "abbr,kind,menu")
 			  global
-	A comma-separated list of |complete-items| that controls the alignment
-	and display order of items in the popup menu during Insert mode
-	completion. The supported values are abbr, kind, and menu. These
-	options allow to customize how the completion items are shown in the
+	A comma-separated list of strings that controls the alignment and
+	display order of items in the popup menu during Insert mode
+	completion.  The supported values are "abbr", "kind", and "menu".
+	These values allow customizing how |complete-items| are shown in the
 	popup menu.  Note: must always contain those three values in any
 	order.

@@ -2135,6 +2157,22 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 	A comma-separated list of options for Insert mode completion
 	|ins-completion|.  The supported values are:

+	   fuzzy    Enable |fuzzy-matching| for completion candidates. This
+		    allows for more flexible and intuitive matching, where
+		    characters can be skipped and matches can be found even
+		    if the exact sequence is not typed.  Note: This option
+		    does not affect the collection of candidate list, it only
+		    controls how completion candidates are reduced from the
+		    list of alternatives.  If you want to use |fuzzy-matching|
+		    to gather more alternatives for your candidate list,
+		    see |'completefuzzycollect'|.
+
+	   longest  Only insert the longest common text of the matches.  If
+		    the menu is displayed you can use CTRL-L to add more
+		    characters.  Whether case is ignored depends on the kind
+		    of completion.  For buffer text the 'ignorecase' option is
+		    used.
+
 	   menu	    Use a popup menu to show the possible completions.  The
 		    menu is only shown when there is more than one match and
 		    sufficient colors are available.  |ins-completion-menu|
@@ -2143,15 +2181,17 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 		    Useful when there is additional information about the
 		    match, e.g., what file it comes from.

-	   longest  Only insert the longest common text of the matches.  If
-		    the menu is displayed you can use CTRL-L to add more
-		    characters.  Whether case is ignored depends on the kind
-		    of completion.  For buffer text the 'ignorecase' option is
-		    used.
+	   noinsert Do not insert any text for a match until the user selects
+		    a match from the menu.  Only works in combination with
+		    "menu" or "menuone".  No effect if "longest" is present.

-	   preview  Show extra information about the currently selected
-		    completion in the preview window.  Only works in
-		    combination with "menu" or "menuone".
+	   noselect Same as "noinsert", except that no menu item is
+		    pre-selected.  If both "noinsert" and "noselect" are
+		    present, "noselect" has precedence.
+
+	   nosort   Disable sorting of completion candidates based on fuzzy
+		    scores when "fuzzy" is enabled.  Candidates will appear
+		    in their original order.

 	   popup    Show extra information about the currently selected
 		    completion in a popup window.  Only works in combination
@@ -2166,28 +2206,15 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 		    See the example at |complete-popuphidden|.
 		    {only works when compiled with the |+textprop| feature}

-	   noinsert Do not insert any text for a match until the user selects
-		    a match from the menu. Only works in combination with
-		    "menu" or "menuone". No effect if "longest" is present.
-
-	   noselect Same as "noinsert", except that no menu item is
-		    pre-selected. If both "noinsert" and "noselect" are
-		    present, "noselect" has precedence.
-
-	   fuzzy    Enable |fuzzy-matching| for completion candidates. This
-		    allows for more flexible and intuitive matching, where
-		    characters can be skipped and matches can be found even
-		    if the exact sequence is not typed.
-
-	   nosort   Disable sorting of completion candidates based on fuzzy
-		    scores when "fuzzy" is enabled. Candidates will appear
-		    in their original order.
-
 	   preinsert
 		    Preinsert the portion of the first candidate word that is
 		    not part of the current completion leader and using the
-		    |hl-ComplMatchIns| highlight group. Does not work when
-		    "fuzzy" is also included.
+		    |hl-ComplMatchIns| highlight group.  In order for it to
+		    work, "fuzzy" must not be set and "menuone" must be set.
+
+	   preview  Show extra information about the currently selected
+		    completion in the preview window.  Only works in
+		    combination with "menu" or "menuone".

 					*'completepopup'* *'cpp'*
 'completepopup' 'cpp'	string (default empty)
@@ -2898,7 +2925,8 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 	security reasons.

 						*'dip'* *'diffopt'*
-'diffopt' 'dip'		string	(default "internal,filler,closeoff")
+'diffopt' 'dip'		string	(default
+				 "internal,filler,closeoff,inline:simple")
 			global
 			{not available when compiled without the |+diff|
 			feature}
@@ -2963,6 +2991,21 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 				Use the indent heuristic for the internal
 				diff library.

+		inline:{text}	Highlight inline differences within a change.
+				See |view-diffs|.  Supported values are:
+
+				none    Do not perform inline highlighting.
+				simple  Highlight from first different
+					character to the last one in each
+					line. This is the default if nothing
+					is set.
+				char    Use internal diff to perform a
+					character-wise diff and highlight the
+					difference.
+				word    Use internal diff to perform a
+					|word|-wise diff and highlight the
+					difference.
+
 		internal	Use the internal diff library.  This is
 				ignored when 'diffexpr' is set.  *E960*
 				When running out of memory when writing a
@@ -4464,10 +4507,10 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 				     v:Visual,V:VisualNOS,w:WarningMsg,
 				     W:WildMenu,f:Folded,F:FoldColumn,
 				     A:DiffAdd,C:DiffChange,D:DiffDelete,
-				     T:DiffText,>:SignColumn,-:Conceal,
-				     B:SpellBad,P:SpellCap,R:SpellRare,
-				     L:SpellLocal,+:Pmenu,=:PmenuSel,
-				     k:PmenuMatch,<:PmenuMatchSel,
+				     T:DiffText,E:DiffTextAdd,>:SignColumn,
+				     -:Conceal,B:SpellBad,P:SpellCap,
+				     R:SpellRare, L:SpellLocal,+:Pmenu,
+				     =:PmenuSel, k:PmenuMatch,<:PmenuMatchSel,
 				     [:PmenuKind,]:PmenuKindSel,
 				     {:PmenuExtra,}:PmenuExtraSel,
 				     x:PmenuSbar,X:PmenuThumb,*:TabLine,
@@ -4519,7 +4562,8 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 	|hl-DiffAdd|	 A  added line in diff mode
 	|hl-DiffChange|	 C  changed line in diff mode
 	|hl-DiffDelete|	 D  deleted line in diff mode
-	|hl-DiffText|	 T  inserted text in diff mode
+	|hl-DiffText|	 T  changed text in diff mode
+	|hl-DiffTextAdd|   E  inserted text in diff mode
 	|hl-SignColumn|	 >  column used for |signs|
 	|hl-Conceal|	 -  the placeholders used for concealed characters
 			    (see 'conceallevel')
@@ -6568,6 +6612,15 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 			global
 	Determines the maximum number of items to show in the popup menu for
 	Insert mode completion.  When zero as much space as available is used.
+	|ins-completion-menu|.
+
+						*'pummaxwidth'* *'pmw'*
+'pummaxwidth' 'pmw'	number	(default 0)
+			global
+	Determines the maximum width to use for the popup menu for completion.
+	When zero, there is no maximum width limit, otherwise the popup menu
+	will never be wider than this value.  Truncated text will be indicated
+	by "..." at the end.  Takes precedence over 'pumwidth'.
 	|ins-completion-menu|.

 						*'pumwidth'* *'pw'*
@@ -9715,7 +9768,10 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 	"lastused"	When completing buffer names and more than one buffer
 			matches, sort buffers by time last used (other than
 			the current buffer).
-	When there is only a single match, it is fully completed in all cases.
+	"noselect"	Do not pre-select first menu item and start 'wildmenu'
+			if it is enabled.
+	When there is only a single match, it is fully completed in all cases
+	except when "noselect" is present.

 	Examples of useful colon-separated values:
 	"longest:full"	Like "longest", but also start 'wildmenu' if it is
@@ -9738,7 +9794,11 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 		:set wildmode=list,full
 <	List all matches without completing, then each full match >
 		:set wildmode=longest,list
-<	Complete longest common string, then list alternatives.
+<	Complete longest common string, then list alternatives >
+		:set wildmode=noselect:full
+<	Display 'wildmenu' without completing, then each full match >
+		:set wildmode=noselect:lastused,full
+<	Same as above, but sort buffers by time last used.
 	More info here: |cmdline-completion|.

 						*'wildoptions'* *'wop'*
@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*pattern.txt*   For Vim version 9.1.  Last change: 2024 Dec 26
+*pattern.txt*   For Vim version 9.1.  Last change: 2025 Mar 21


 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -141,6 +141,7 @@ CTRL-C			Interrupt current (search) command.  Use CTRL-Break on
 			help users who use "vim file | grep word" and don't
 			know how to get out (blindly typing :qa<CR> would
 			work).
+			If a popup is open, the active popup will be closed.

 							*:noh* *:nohlsearch*
 :noh[lsearch]		Stop the highlighting for the 'hlsearch' option.  It
@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*pi_getscript.txt*  For Vim version 9.1.  Last change: 2024 Oct 05
+*pi_getscript.txt*  For Vim version 9.1.  Last change: 2025 Mar 15
 >
 		GETSCRIPT REFERENCE MANUAL  by Charles E. Campbell
 <
@@ -348,38 +348,43 @@ after/syntax/c.vim contained in it to overwrite a user's c.vim.
 		Doesn't override vimball installation.
 >
 	g:GetLatestVimScripts_scriptaddr
-<        default='https://www.vim.org/scripts/script.php?script_id='
+<	default='https://www.vim.org/scripts/script.php?script_id='
 		Override this if your system needs
 	  ...  ='http://vim.sourceforge.net/script.php?script_id='
 >
 	g:GetLatestVimScripts_downloadaddr
-<        default='https://www.vim.org/scripts/download_script.php?src_id='
+<	default='https://www.vim.org/scripts/download_script.php?src_id='
 		Override this if your system needs
 	  ...  ='http://vim.sourceforge.net/scripts/download_script.php?src_id='
 >
 	g:GetLatestVimScripts_bunzip2
-<        default= bunzip2
+<	default= bunzip2
 		This variable holds the name of the command to decompress .bz2
 		files
+>
+	g:GetLatestVimScripts_bunzip3
+<	default= bunzip3
+		This variable holds the name of the command to decompress .bz3
+		files
 >
 	g:GetLatestVimScripts_gunzip
-<        default= gunzip
+<	default= gunzip
 		This variable holds the name of the command to decompress .gz
 		files
 >
 	g:GetLatestVimScripts_unxz
-<        default= unxz
+<	default= unxz
 		This variable holds the name of the command to decompress .xz
 		files
 >
 	g:GetLatestVimScripts_unzip
-<        default= unzip
+<	default= unzip
 		This variable holds the name of the command to decompress .zip
 		files

 Note: The variables associated with decompression commands help workaround
-      crossplatform issues. For example, on Windows is possible to delegate this
-      calls into `wsl` by doing: >
+      crossplatform issues. For example, on Windows is possible to delegate
+      this calls into `wsl` by doing: >

 	let g:GetLatestVimScripts_bunzip2= "wsl -e bunzip2"
 	let g:GetLatestVimScripts_gunzip= "wsl -e gunzip"
@@ -409,6 +414,8 @@ The AutoInstall process will:
 		Windows: $HOME\vimfiles
 	if the downloaded file ends with ".bz2"
 		bunzip2 it
+	else if the downloaded file ends with ".bz3"
+		bunzip3 it
 	else if the downloaded file ends with ".gz"
 		gunzip it
 	if the resulting file ends with ".zip"
@@ -422,6 +429,7 @@ The AutoInstall process will:
 ==============================================================================
 9. GetLatestVimScripts History		*getscript-history* *glvs-hist* {{{1

+v38 Feb 25, 2025 : * handles additional decompression option for .bzip3 files.
 v37 Sep 23, 2024 : * Support for the new vimball's .vmb extension (old .vba
 		     extension conflicted with visual basic).
 		   * Support for |glvs-autoinstall| in ftplugins and packages.
@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*pi_gzip.txt*   For Vim version 9.1.  Last change: 2025 Feb 06
+*pi_gzip.txt*   For Vim version 9.1.  Last change: 2025 Mar 05


 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -29,6 +29,7 @@ with these extensions:

 	extension	compression ~
 	*.bz2		bzip2
+	*.bz3		bzip3
 	*.gz		gzip
 	*.lz		lzip
 	*.lz4		lz4
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-../pack/dist/opt/netrw/doc/netrw.txt
@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*quickfix.txt*  For Vim version 9.1.  Last change: 2025 Jan 11
+*quickfix.txt*  For Vim version 9.1.  Last change: 2025 Mar 11


 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -1722,6 +1722,13 @@ shells and OSes and also does not allow to use other available TeX options,
 if any.  If your TeX doesn't support "-interaction=nonstopmode", please
 report it with different means to express \nonstopmode from the command line.

+TSC COMPILER						*compiler-tsc*
+
+The executable and compiler options can be added to 'makeprg' by setting the
+b/g:tsc_makeprg variable.  For example: >
+
+	let b:tsc_makeprg = "npx tsc --noEmit"
+
 TYPST COMPILER						*compiler-typst*

 Vim includes a compiler plugin for Typst files. This compiler is enabled
@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*starting.txt*  For Vim version 9.1.  Last change: 2024 Dec 19
+*starting.txt*  For Vim version 9.1.  Last change: 2025 Feb 27


 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -828,8 +828,9 @@ accordingly.  Vim proceeds in this order:
 	easy to copy it to another system.

 	If Vim was started with "-u filename", the file "filename" is used.
-	All following initializations until 4. are skipped. $MYVIMRC and
-	$MYVIMDIR are not set.
+	All following initializations until 4. are skipped. `$MYVIMRC` and
+	`$MYVIMDIR` are not set (but `$MYVIMDIR` will be set, if 'rtp' is
+	updated).
 	"vim -u NORC" can be used to skip these initializations without
 	reading a file.  "vim -u NONE" also skips loading plugins.  |-u|

@@ -851,9 +852,9 @@ accordingly.  Vim proceeds in this order:
 			*VIMINIT* *.vimrc* *_vimrc* *EXINIT* *.exrc* *_exrc*
 			*$MYVIMRC* *$MYVIMDIR*
     c. Five places are searched for initializations.  The first that exists
-	is used, the others are ignored.  The $MYVIMRC environment variable is
-	set to the file that was first found, unless $MYVIMRC was already set
-	and when using VIMINIT.  The $MYVIMDIR environment variable is
+	is used, the others are ignored.  The `$MYVIMRC` environment variable is
+	set to the file that was first found, unless `$MYVIMRC` was already set
+	when using VIMINIT.  The `$MYVIMDIR` environment variable is
 	set to the personal 'rtp' directory, however it is not verified
 	that the directory actually exists.
 	I   The environment variable VIMINIT (see also |compatible-default|) (*)
@@ -974,9 +975,10 @@ accordingly.  Vim proceeds in this order:
 	The |v:vim_did_enter| variable is set to 1.
 	The |VimEnter| autocommands are executed.

-The $MYVIMRC or $MYGVIMRC environment variable will be set to the first found
-vimrc and/or gvimrc file while $MYVIMDIR is set to the users personal runtime
-directory 'rtp' (typically the first entry in 'runtimepath').
+The `$MYVIMRC` or `$MYGVIMRC` environment variable will be set to the first found
+vimrc and/or gvimrc file while `$MYVIMDIR` is set to the users personal runtime
+directory 'rtp' (typically the first entry in 'runtimepath').  If 'rtp'
+changes, `$MYVIMDIR` will be updated.
 Note: These environment variables resolve symbolic links, but 'rtp' does not.


@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*syntax.txt*	For Vim version 9.1.  Last change: 2025 Feb 20
+*syntax.txt*	For Vim version 9.1.  Last change: 2025 Mar 26


 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL	  by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -1286,6 +1286,21 @@ doesn't work for you, or you don't edit Progress at all, use this in your
 startup vimrc: >
   :let filetype_w = "cweb"

+CSHARP							 *cs.vim* *ft-cs-syntax*
+
+C# raw string literals may use any number of quote marks to encapsulate the
+block, and raw interpolated string literals may use any number of braces to
+encapsulate the interpolation, e.g. >
+
+    $$$""""Hello {{{name}}}""""
+<
+By default, Vim highlights 3-8 quote marks, and 1-8 interpolation braces.
+The maximum numbers of quotes and braces recognized can configured using the
+following variables:
+
+    Variable					Default ~
+    g:cs_raw_string_quote_count			8
+    g:cs_raw_string_interpolation_brace_count	8

 DART						*dart.vim* *ft-dart-syntax*

@@ -2343,13 +2358,9 @@ instead, and the name of your source file should be *.pike

 LUA						*lua.vim* *ft-lua-syntax*

-The Lua syntax file can be used for versions 4.0, 5.0, 5.1 and 5.2 (5.2 is
-the default). You can select one of these versions using the global variables
-lua_version and lua_subversion. For example, to activate Lua
-5.1 syntax highlighting, set the variables like this: >
-
-	:let lua_version = 5
-	:let lua_subversion = 1
+The Lua syntax file can be used for versions 4.0, 5.0+. You can select one of
+these versions using the global variables |g:lua_version| and
+|g:lua_subversion|.


 MAIL						*mail.vim* *ft-mail.vim*
@@ -3501,25 +3512,25 @@ cases pertain, then the first line of the file is examined (ex. looking for
 /bin/sh  /bin/ksh  /bin/bash).  If the first line specifies a shelltype, then
 that shelltype is used.  However some files (ex. .profile) are known to be
 shell files but the type is not apparent.  Furthermore, on many systems sh is
-symbolically linked to "bash" (Linux, Windows+cygwin) or "ksh" (Posix).
+symbolically linked to "bash" (Linux, Windows+cygwin) or "ksh" (POSIX).

 One may specify a global default by instantiating one of the following
 variables in your <.vimrc>:

   ksh: >
 	let g:is_kornshell = 1
-<   posix:  (using this is nearly the same as setting g:is_kornshell to 1) >
+<   posix: (default) >
 	let g:is_posix     = 1
 <   bash: >
 	let g:is_bash	   = 1
-<   sh: (default) Bourne shell >
+<   dash: >
+	let g:is_dash	   = 1
+<   sh: Bourne shell >
 	let g:is_sh	   = 1

-<   (dash users should use posix)
-
 If there's no "#! ..." line, and the user hasn't availed himself/herself of a
 default sh.vim syntax setting as just shown, then syntax/sh.vim will assume
-the Bourne shell syntax.  No need to quote RFCs or market penetration
+the POSIX shell syntax.  No need to quote RFCs or market penetration
 statistics in error reports, please -- just select the default version of the
 sh your system uses and install the associated "let..." in your <.vimrc>.

@@ -4021,7 +4032,29 @@ highlighting is to put the following line in your |vimrc|: >

 	let g:vimsyn_noerror = 1
 <
+To suppress only specific errors, define the following variables: >

+   g:vimsyn_nobehaveerror = 1        " :behave error
+   g:vimsyn_vimFTError = 1           " :filetype error
+   g:vimsyn_noaugrouperror = 1       " :augroup error
+   g:vimsyn_noopererror = 1          " operator error
+   g:vimsyn_notypealiaserror = 1     " Vim9 type alias error
+   g:vimsyn_novimfunctionerror = 1   " Vim9 method error
+   g:vimsyn_nousercmderror = 1       " :com error
+   g:vimsyn_novimsynerror = 1        " :syn error
+   g:vimsyn_novimsyncaseerror = 1    " :syn case error
+   g:vimsyn_novimsynconcealerror = 1 " :syn conceal error
+   g:vimsyn_novimsynfoldlevelerror = 1 " :syn foldlevel error
+   g:vimsyn_novimsynspellerror = 1   " :syn spell error
+   g:vimsyn_novimsyncerror = 1       " :syn sync error
+   g:vimsyn_novimhictermerror = 1    " :hi error
+   g:vimsyn_vimhikeyerror = 1        " :hi key=arg error
+<
+To force highlighting of Neovim specific Vim script elements (even if not
+using Neovim), set >
+
+	let g:vimsyn_vim_features = ['nvim']
+<

 WDL							*wdl.vim* *wdl-syntax*

@@ -5432,6 +5465,10 @@ in their own color.
 			See |:highlight-default| for the optional [default]
 			argument.

+:hi[ghlight][!] [default] link {from-group} {to-group}
+:hi[ghlight][!] [default] link {from-group} NONE
+			See |:hi-link|.
+
 Normally a highlight group is added once when starting up.  This sets the
 default values for the highlighting.  After that, you can use additional
 highlight commands to change the arguments that you want to set to non-default
@@ -5795,6 +5832,9 @@ DiffChange	Diff mode: Changed line. |diff.txt|
 DiffDelete	Diff mode: Deleted line. |diff.txt|
 							*hl-DiffText*
 DiffText	Diff mode: Changed text within a changed line. |diff.txt|
+							*hl-DiffTextAdd*
+DiffTextAdd	Diff mode: Added text within a changed line.  Linked to
+		|hl-DiffText| by default. |diff.txt|
 							*hl-EndOfBuffer*
 EndOfBuffer	Filler lines (~) after the last line in the buffer.
 		By default, this is highlighted like |hl-NonText|.
@@ -131,6 +131,7 @@ $quote	eval.txt	/*$quote*
 'cdpath'	options.txt	/*'cdpath'*
 'cedit'	options.txt	/*'cedit'*
 'cf'	options.txt	/*'cf'*
+'cfc'	options.txt	/*'cfc'*
 'cfu'	options.txt	/*'cfu'*
 'ch'	options.txt	/*'ch'*
 'character'	intro.txt	/*'character'*
@@ -165,6 +166,7 @@ $quote	eval.txt	/*$quote*
 'compatible'	options.txt	/*'compatible'*
 'complete'	options.txt	/*'complete'*
 'completefunc'	options.txt	/*'completefunc'*
+'completefuzzycollect'	options.txt	/*'completefuzzycollect'*
 'completeitemalign'	options.txt	/*'completeitemalign'*
 'completeopt'	options.txt	/*'completeopt'*
 'completepopup'	options.txt	/*'completepopup'*
@@ -859,6 +861,7 @@ $quote	eval.txt	/*$quote*
 'pm'	options.txt	/*'pm'*
 'pmbcs'	options.txt	/*'pmbcs'*
 'pmbfn'	options.txt	/*'pmbfn'*
+'pmw'	options.txt	/*'pmw'*
 'popt'	options.txt	/*'popt'*
 'pp'	options.txt	/*'pp'*
 'preserveindent'	options.txt	/*'preserveindent'*
@@ -876,6 +879,7 @@ $quote	eval.txt	/*$quote*
 'prompt'	options.txt	/*'prompt'*
 'pt'	options.txt	/*'pt'*
 'pumheight'	options.txt	/*'pumheight'*
+'pummaxwidth'	options.txt	/*'pummaxwidth'*
 'pumwidth'	options.txt	/*'pumwidth'*
 'pvh'	options.txt	/*'pvh'*
 'pvp'	options.txt	/*'pvp'*
@@ -2163,6 +2167,7 @@ $quote	eval.txt	/*$quote*
 :Lfilter	quickfix.txt	/*:Lfilter*
 :LogiPat	pi_logipat.txt	/*:LogiPat*
 :Man	filetype.txt	/*:Man*
+:ManReload	filetype.txt	/*:ManReload*
 :MkVimball	pi_vimball.txt	/*:MkVimball*
 :N	editing.txt	/*:N*
 :Nexplore	pi_netrw.txt	/*:Nexplore*
@@ -2730,6 +2735,8 @@ $quote	eval.txt	/*$quote*
 :insert	insert.txt	/*:insert*
 :interface	vim9class.txt	/*:interface*
 :intro	starting.txt	/*:intro*
+:ip	change.txt	/*:ip*
+:iput	change.txt	/*:iput*
 :is	tagsrch.txt	/*:is*
 :isearch	tagsrch.txt	/*:isearch*
 :isp	tagsrch.txt	/*:isp*
@@ -4124,7 +4131,6 @@ CmdwinEnter	autocmd.txt	/*CmdwinEnter*
 CmdwinLeave	autocmd.txt	/*CmdwinLeave*
 ColorScheme	autocmd.txt	/*ColorScheme*
 ColorSchemePre	autocmd.txt	/*ColorSchemePre*
-Colors.plist	gui_mac.txt	/*Colors.plist*
 Command-line	cmdline.txt	/*Command-line*
 Command-line-mode	cmdline.txt	/*Command-line-mode*
 CompleteChanged	autocmd.txt	/*CompleteChanged*
@@ -4640,9 +4646,34 @@ E1512	options.txt	/*E1512*
 E1513	message.txt	/*E1513*
 E1514	options.txt	/*E1514*
 E1515	builtin.txt	/*E1515*
+E1516	builtin.txt	/*E1516*
+E1517	eval.txt	/*E1517*
+E1518	eval.txt	/*E1518*
+E1519	eval.txt	/*E1519*
 E152	helphelp.txt	/*E152*
+E1520	eval.txt	/*E1520*
+E1521	eval.txt	/*E1521*
+E1522	eval.txt	/*E1522*
+E1523	eval.txt	/*E1523*
+E1524	eval.txt	/*E1524*
+E1525	builtin.txt	/*E1525*
+E1526	eval.txt	/*E1526*
+E1527	eval.txt	/*E1527*
+E1528	vim9.txt	/*E1528*
+E1529	vim9.txt	/*E1529*
 E153	helphelp.txt	/*E153*
+E1530	vim9.txt	/*E1530*
+E1531	vim9.txt	/*E1531*
+E1532	eval.txt	/*E1532*
+E1533	eval.txt	/*E1533*
+E1534	vim9.txt	/*E1534*
+E1535	eval.txt	/*E1535*
+E1536	eval.txt	/*E1536*
+E1537	eval.txt	/*E1537*
+E1538	eval.txt	/*E1538*
+E1539	vim9.txt	/*E1539*
 E154	helphelp.txt	/*E154*
+E1540	eval.txt	/*E1540*
 E155	sign.txt	/*E155*
 E156	sign.txt	/*E156*
 E157	sign.txt	/*E157*
@@ -5654,6 +5685,9 @@ MMFullScreenFadeTime	gui_mac.txt	/*MMFullScreenFadeTime*
 MMLoginShell	gui_mac.txt	/*MMLoginShell*
 MMLoginShellArgument	gui_mac.txt	/*MMLoginShellArgument*
 MMLoginShellCommand	gui_mac.txt	/*MMLoginShellCommand*
+MMMouseWheelDisableAcceleration	gui_mac.txt	/*MMMouseWheelDisableAcceleration*
+MMMouseWheelMinLines	gui_mac.txt	/*MMMouseWheelMinLines*
+MMMouseWheelNumLines	gui_mac.txt	/*MMMouseWheelNumLines*
 MMNativeFullScreen	gui_mac.txt	/*MMNativeFullScreen*
 MMNoFontSubstitution	gui_mac.txt	/*MMNoFontSubstitution*
 MMNoTitleBarWindow	gui_mac.txt	/*MMNoTitleBarWindow*
@@ -5854,6 +5888,7 @@ TSQL	ft_sql.txt	/*TSQL*
 TTpro-telnet	syntax.txt	/*TTpro-telnet*
 Tab	intro.txt	/*Tab*
 TabClosed	autocmd.txt	/*TabClosed*
+TabClosedPre	autocmd.txt	/*TabClosedPre*
 TabEnter	autocmd.txt	/*TabEnter*
 TabLeave	autocmd.txt	/*TabLeave*
 TabNew	autocmd.txt	/*TabNew*
@@ -5876,6 +5911,8 @@ TextChangedP	autocmd.txt	/*TextChangedP*
 TextChangedT	autocmd.txt	/*TextChangedT*
 TextYankPost	autocmd.txt	/*TextYankPost*
 Transact-SQL	ft_sql.txt	/*Transact-SQL*
+Tuple	eval.txt	/*Tuple*
+Tuples	eval.txt	/*Tuples*
 U	undo.txt	/*U*
 UTF-8	mbyte.txt	/*UTF-8*
 UTF8-xterm	mbyte.txt	/*UTF8-xterm*
@@ -6689,6 +6726,7 @@ compiler-ruff	quickfix.txt	/*compiler-ruff*
 compiler-select	quickfix.txt	/*compiler-select*
 compiler-spotbugs	quickfix.txt	/*compiler-spotbugs*
 compiler-tex	quickfix.txt	/*compiler-tex*
+compiler-tsc	quickfix.txt	/*compiler-tsc*
 compiler-typst	quickfix.txt	/*compiler-typst*
 compiler-vaxada	ft_ada.txt	/*compiler-vaxada*
 compl-current	insert.txt	/*compl-current*
@@ -6819,6 +6857,7 @@ creating-menus	gui.txt	/*creating-menus*
 credits	intro.txt	/*credits*
 crontab	options.txt	/*crontab*
 cs-find	if_cscop.txt	/*cs-find*
+cs.vim	syntax.txt	/*cs.vim*
 cs7-problem	term.txt	/*cs7-problem*
 cscope	if_cscop.txt	/*cscope*
 cscope-commands	if_cscop.txt	/*cscope-commands*
@@ -7417,6 +7456,7 @@ ft-context-intro	ft_context.txt	/*ft-context-intro*
 ft-context-mappings	ft_context.txt	/*ft-context-mappings*
 ft-context-settings	ft_context.txt	/*ft-context-settings*
 ft-cpp-syntax	syntax.txt	/*ft-cpp-syntax*
+ft-cs-syntax	syntax.txt	/*ft-cs-syntax*
 ft-csh-syntax	syntax.txt	/*ft-csh-syntax*
 ft-css-omni	insert.txt	/*ft-css-omni*
 ft-csv-syntax	syntax.txt	/*ft-csv-syntax*
@@ -7446,6 +7486,7 @@ ft-freebasic-syntax	syntax.txt	/*ft-freebasic-syntax*
 ft-fvwm-syntax	syntax.txt	/*ft-fvwm-syntax*
 ft-gdscript-plugin	filetype.txt	/*ft-gdscript-plugin*
 ft-gitcommit-plugin	filetype.txt	/*ft-gitcommit-plugin*
+ft-gitrebase-plugin	filetype.txt	/*ft-gitrebase-plugin*
 ft-go-plugin	filetype.txt	/*ft-go-plugin*
 ft-gprof-plugin	filetype.txt	/*ft-gprof-plugin*
 ft-groff-syntax	syntax.txt	/*ft-groff-syntax*
@@ -7520,6 +7561,7 @@ ft-php-syntax	syntax.txt	/*ft-php-syntax*
 ft-php3-syntax	syntax.txt	/*ft-php3-syntax*
 ft-phtml-syntax	syntax.txt	/*ft-phtml-syntax*
 ft-plaintex-syntax	syntax.txt	/*ft-plaintex-syntax*
+ft-plsql-plugin	filetype.txt	/*ft-plsql-plugin*
 ft-posix-syntax	syntax.txt	/*ft-posix-syntax*
 ft-postscr-syntax	syntax.txt	/*ft-postscr-syntax*
 ft-ppwiz-syntax	syntax.txt	/*ft-ppwiz-syntax*
@@ -7681,6 +7723,7 @@ g:filetype_csh	syntax.txt	/*g:filetype_csh*
 g:filetype_haredoc	ft_hare.txt	/*g:filetype_haredoc*
 g:filetype_md	syntax.txt	/*g:filetype_md*
 g:filetype_r	syntax.txt	/*g:filetype_r*
+g:ft_man_implementation	filetype.txt	/*g:ft_man_implementation*
 g:ftplugin_rust_source_path	ft_rust.txt	/*g:ftplugin_rust_source_path*
 g:gnat	ft_ada.txt	/*g:gnat*
 g:gnat.Error_Format	ft_ada.txt	/*g:gnat.Error_Format*
@@ -7728,6 +7771,9 @@ g:html_use_input_for_pc	syntax.txt	/*g:html_use_input_for_pc*
 g:html_use_xhtml	syntax.txt	/*g:html_use_xhtml*
 g:html_whole_filler	syntax.txt	/*g:html_whole_filler*
 g:lf_shell_syntax	syntax.txt	/*g:lf_shell_syntax*
+g:lua_folding	filetype.txt	/*g:lua_folding*
+g:lua_subversion	filetype.txt	/*g:lua_subversion*
+g:lua_version	filetype.txt	/*g:lua_version*
 g:macvim_default_touchbar_characterpicker	gui_mac.txt	/*g:macvim_default_touchbar_characterpicker*
 g:macvim_default_touchbar_fullscreen	gui_mac.txt	/*g:macvim_default_touchbar_fullscreen*
 g:markdown_fenced_languages	syntax.txt	/*g:markdown_fenced_languages*
@@ -7961,6 +8007,7 @@ get()-blob	builtin.txt	/*get()-blob*
 get()-dict	builtin.txt	/*get()-dict*
 get()-func	builtin.txt	/*get()-func*
 get()-list	builtin.txt	/*get()-list*
+get()-tuple	builtin.txt	/*get()-tuple*
 get-ms-debuggers	debug.txt	/*get-ms-debuggers*
 getbufinfo()	builtin.txt	/*getbufinfo()*
 getbufline()	builtin.txt	/*getbufline()*
@@ -8270,6 +8317,7 @@ hl-DiffAdd	syntax.txt	/*hl-DiffAdd*
 hl-DiffChange	syntax.txt	/*hl-DiffChange*
 hl-DiffDelete	syntax.txt	/*hl-DiffDelete*
 hl-DiffText	syntax.txt	/*hl-DiffText*
+hl-DiffTextAdd	syntax.txt	/*hl-DiffTextAdd*
 hl-Directory	syntax.txt	/*hl-Directory*
 hl-EndOfBuffer	syntax.txt	/*hl-EndOfBuffer*
 hl-ErrorMsg	syntax.txt	/*hl-ErrorMsg*
@@ -8339,6 +8387,7 @@ hlexists()	builtin.txt	/*hlexists()*
 hlget()	builtin.txt	/*hlget()*
 hlsearch-variable	eval.txt	/*hlsearch-variable*
 hlset()	builtin.txt	/*hlset()*
+hlyank-install	usr_05.txt	/*hlyank-install*
 holy-grail	index.txt	/*holy-grail*
 home	intro.txt	/*home*
 home-replace	editing.txt	/*home-replace*
@@ -8743,6 +8792,7 @@ list-modification	eval.txt	/*list-modification*
 list-repeat	windows.txt	/*list-repeat*
 list2blob()	builtin.txt	/*list2blob()*
 list2str()	builtin.txt	/*list2str()*
+list2tuple()	builtin.txt	/*list2tuple()*
 listener_add()	builtin.txt	/*listener_add()*
 listener_flush()	builtin.txt	/*listener_flush()*
 listener_remove()	builtin.txt	/*listener_remove()*
@@ -9169,6 +9219,7 @@ netrw-ctrl-h	pi_netrw.txt	/*netrw-ctrl-h*
 netrw-ctrl-l	pi_netrw.txt	/*netrw-ctrl-l*
 netrw-ctrl-r	pi_netrw.txt	/*netrw-ctrl-r*
 netrw-ctrl_l	pi_netrw.txt	/*netrw-ctrl_l*
+netrw-curdir	pi_netrw.txt	/*netrw-curdir*
 netrw-d	pi_netrw.txt	/*netrw-d*
 netrw-del	pi_netrw.txt	/*netrw-del*
 netrw-delete	pi_netrw.txt	/*netrw-delete*
@@ -9563,6 +9614,7 @@ package-doc	repeat.txt	/*package-doc*
 package-documentation	repeat.txt	/*package-documentation*
 package-editorconfig	usr_05.txt	/*package-editorconfig*
 package-helptoc	helphelp.txt	/*package-helptoc*
+package-hlyank	usr_05.txt	/*package-hlyank*
 package-justify	usr_25.txt	/*package-justify*
 package-matchit	usr_05.txt	/*package-matchit*
 package-nohlsearch	usr_05.txt	/*package-nohlsearch*
@@ -9644,6 +9696,7 @@ phtml.vim	syntax.txt	/*phtml.vim*
 pi_getscript.txt	pi_getscript.txt	/*pi_getscript.txt*
 pi_gzip.txt	pi_gzip.txt	/*pi_gzip.txt*
 pi_logipat.txt	pi_logipat.txt	/*pi_logipat.txt*
+pi_netrw.txt	pi_netrw.txt	/*pi_netrw.txt*
 pi_paren.txt	pi_paren.txt	/*pi_paren.txt*
 pi_spec.txt	pi_spec.txt	/*pi_spec.txt*
 pi_tar.txt	pi_tar.txt	/*pi_tar.txt*
@@ -9805,6 +9858,7 @@ python-2-and-3	if_pyth.txt	/*python-2-and-3*
 python-Dictionary	if_pyth.txt	/*python-Dictionary*
 python-Function	if_pyth.txt	/*python-Function*
 python-List	if_pyth.txt	/*python-List*
+python-Tuple	if_pyth.txt	/*python-Tuple*
 python-VIM_SPECIAL_PATH	if_pyth.txt	/*python-VIM_SPECIAL_PATH*
 python-_get_paths	if_pyth.txt	/*python-_get_paths*
 python-bindeval	if_pyth.txt	/*python-bindeval*
@@ -10476,6 +10530,7 @@ subscript	eval.txt	/*subscript*
 substitute()	builtin.txt	/*substitute()*
 substitute-CR	version6.txt	/*substitute-CR*
 substring	eval.txt	/*substring*
+subtuple	eval.txt	/*subtuple*
 suffixes	cmdline.txt	/*suffixes*
 suspend	starting.txt	/*suspend*
 swap-exists-choices	usr_11.txt	/*swap-exists-choices*
@@ -10725,6 +10780,7 @@ t_ti	term.txt	/*t_ti*
 t_tp	version4.txt	/*t_tp*
 t_ts	term.txt	/*t_ts*
 t_ts_old	version4.txt	/*t_ts_old*
+t_tuple-variable	eval.txt	/*t_tuple-variable*
 t_typealias-variable	eval.txt	/*t_typealias-variable*
 t_u7	term.txt	/*t_u7*
 t_ue	term.txt	/*t_ue*
@@ -10961,6 +11017,7 @@ test_null_job()	testing.txt	/*test_null_job()*
 test_null_list()	testing.txt	/*test_null_list()*
 test_null_partial()	testing.txt	/*test_null_partial()*
 test_null_string()	testing.txt	/*test_null_string()*
+test_null_tuple()	testing.txt	/*test_null_tuple()*
 test_option_not_set()	testing.txt	/*test_option_not_set()*
 test_override()	testing.txt	/*test_override()*
 test_refcount()	testing.txt	/*test_refcount()*
@@ -11046,6 +11103,13 @@ try-echoerr	eval.txt	/*try-echoerr*
 try-finally	eval.txt	/*try-finally*
 try-nested	eval.txt	/*try-nested*
 try-nesting	eval.txt	/*try-nesting*
+tuple	eval.txt	/*tuple*
+tuple-concatenation	eval.txt	/*tuple-concatenation*
+tuple-functions	usr_41.txt	/*tuple-functions*
+tuple-identity	eval.txt	/*tuple-identity*
+tuple-index	eval.txt	/*tuple-index*
+tuple-type	vim9.txt	/*tuple-type*
+tuple2list()	builtin.txt	/*tuple2list()*
 tutor	usr_01.txt	/*tutor*
 two-engines	pattern.txt	/*two-engines*
 type()	builtin.txt	/*type()*
@@ -11243,6 +11307,7 @@ v:t_none	eval.txt	/*v:t_none*
 v:t_number	eval.txt	/*v:t_number*
 v:t_object	eval.txt	/*v:t_object*
 v:t_string	eval.txt	/*v:t_string*
+v:t_tuple	eval.txt	/*v:t_tuple*
 v:t_typealias	eval.txt	/*v:t_typealias*
 v:termblinkresp	eval.txt	/*v:termblinkresp*
 v:termrbgresp	eval.txt	/*v:termrbgresp*
@@ -11382,6 +11447,7 @@ variable-categories	vim9.txt	/*variable-categories*
 variable-scope	eval.txt	/*variable-scope*
 variable-types	vim9.txt	/*variable-types*
 variables	eval.txt	/*variables*
+variadic-tuple	vim9.txt	/*variadic-tuple*
 various	various.txt	/*various*
 various-cmds	various.txt	/*various-cmds*
 various-functions	usr_41.txt	/*various-functions*
@@ -1166,7 +1166,7 @@ Mouse clicks can be mapped.  The codes for mouse clicks are:

 The X1 and X2 buttons refer to the extra buttons found on some mice.  The
 'Microsoft Explorer' mouse has these buttons available to the right thumb.
-Currently X1 and X2 only work on Win32 and X11 environments.
+Currently X1 and X2 only work on MacVim, Win32, and X11 environments.

 Examples: >
 	:noremap <MiddleMouse> <LeftMouse><MiddleMouse>
@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*terminal.txt*	For Vim version 9.1.  Last change: 2025 Feb 13
+*terminal.txt*	For Vim version 9.1.  Last change: 2025 Feb 22


 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL	  by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -1092,11 +1092,11 @@ Currently supported commands:
 		Example in JSON: >
 			["drop", "path/file.txt", {"ff": "dos"}]

-A trick to have Vim send this escape sequence: >
-	exe "set t_ts=\<Esc>]51; t_fs=\x07"
-	let &titlestring = '["call","Tapi_TryThis",["hello",123]]'
-	redraw
-	set t_ts& t_fs&
+You can use |echoraw()| to make Vim send this escape sequence: >
+	call echoraw("\<ESC>]51;[\"call\", \"Tapi_TryThis\", [\"hello\", 123]]\x07")
+	call echoraw("\<Esc>]51;[\"drop\", \"README.md\"]\x07")
+Note: JSON requires double quotes around string values, hence those have to be
+escaped.

 Rationale: Why not allow for any command or expression?  Because that might
 create a security problem.
@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*testing.txt*	For Vim version 9.1.  Last change: 2024 Jul 18
+*testing.txt*	For Vim version 9.1.  Last change: 2025 Mar 25


 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL	  by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -68,7 +68,7 @@ test_feedinput({string})				*test_feedinput()*


 test_garbagecollect_now()			 *test_garbagecollect_now()*
-		Like garbagecollect(), but executed right away.  This must
+		Like |garbagecollect()|, but executed right away.  This must
 		only be called directly to avoid any structure to exist
 		internally, and |v:testing| must have been set before calling
 		any function.   *E1142*
@@ -364,6 +364,11 @@ test_null_string()					*test_null_string()*

 		Return type: |String|

+test_null_tuple()					*test_null_tuple()*
+		Return a |Tuple| that is null. Only useful for testing.
+
+		Return type: |Tuple|
+
 test_option_not_set({name})				*test_option_not_set()*
 		Reset the flag that indicates option {name} was set.  Thus it
 		looks like it still has the default value. Use like this: >
@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*todo.txt*      For Vim version 9.1.  Last change: 2025 Feb 02
+*todo.txt*      For Vim version 9.1.  Last change: 2025 Mar 27


 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL	  by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -357,8 +357,6 @@ https://github.com/vim/vim/pull/5566

 PR #11579 to add visualtext(), return Visually selected text.

-PR #12032: Support Python 3 stable ABI.
-
 PR #11860: Add more info to 'colorcolumn': display a character and highlight
 for each separate entry.  Disadvantage: option value gets very complicated
 with multiple entries, e.g. every 8 columns.
@@ -706,8 +704,6 @@ find them. (Max Kukartsev, #6218)

 Enable 'termbidi' if $VTE_VERSION >= 5703 ?

-Python 3.8 doesn't work. (Antonios Hadjigeorgalis, #5509)
-
 "--cleanFOO" does not result in an error. (#5537)

 Output from assert_equalfile() doesn't give a hint about what's different.
@@ -1490,8 +1486,6 @@ github with a URL like this:
   https://github.com/vim/vim/compare/v7.4.920%5E...v7.4.920.diff
 Diff for version.c contains more context, can't skip a patch.

-Python: ":py raw_input('prompt')" doesn't work. (Manu Hack)
-
 Comparing nested structures with "==" uses a different comparator than when
 comparing individual items.

@@ -1514,9 +1508,6 @@ C highlighting: modern C allows: /* comment */ #ifdef
 and also line continuation after #include.
 I can't recommend it though.

-Build with Python on Mac does not always use the right library.
-(Kazunobu Kuriyama, 2015 Mar 28)
-
 To support Thai (and other languages) word boundaries, include the ICU
 library:  http://userguide.icu-project.org/boundaryanalysis

@@ -1793,13 +1784,6 @@ Problem with refresh:always in completion. (Tyler Wade, 2013 Mar 17)
 b:undo_ftplugin cannot call a script-local function. (Boris Danilov, 2013 Jan
 7)

-Win32: The Python interface only works with one version of Python, selected at
-compile time.  Can this be made to work with version 2.1 and 2.2 dynamically?
-
-Python: Be able to define a Python function that can be called directly from
-Vim script.  Requires converting the arguments and return value, like with
-vim.bindeval().
-
 Patch for :tabcloseleft, after closing a tab go to left tab. (William Bowers,
 2012 Aug 4)

@@ -2912,6 +2896,20 @@ Quickfix/Location List:
 7   Add a command that goes back to the position from before jumping to the
    first quickfix location.

+
+Python Interface:
+-   Python 3.8 doesn't work. (Antonios Hadjigeorgalis, #5509)
+-   Python: ":py raw_input('prompt')" doesn't work. (Manu Hack)
+-   Build with Python on Mac does not always use the right library.
+    (Kazunobu Kuriyama, 2015 Mar 28)
+-   Win32: The Python interface only works with one version of Python,
+    selected at compile time.  Can this be made to work with version 2.1 and
+    2.2 dynamically?
+-   Be able to define a Python function that can be called directly from Vim
+    script.  Requires converting the arguments and return value, like with
+    vim.bindeval().
+
+
 Vi incompatibility:
 -   Try new POSIX tests, made after my comments. (Geoff Clare, 2005 April 7)
    Version 1.5 is in ~/src/posix/1.5. (Lynne Canal)
@@ -4736,8 +4734,6 @@ Omni completion:
 Insert mode completion/expansion:
 -   Is it possible to keep the complete menu open when calling complete()?
    (Prabir Shrestha, 2017 May 19, #1713)
-   When 'completeopt' has "noselect" does not insert a newline.
-    (Lifepillar, 2017 Apr 23, #1653)
 -   When complete() first argument is before where insert started and
    'backspace' is Vi compatible, the completion fails.
    (Hirohito Higashi, 2015 Feb 19)
@@ -6278,5 +6274,4 @@ Far future and "big" extensions:
    are reflected in each Vim immediately.  Could work with local files but
    also over the internet.  See http://www.codingmonkeys.de/subethaedit/.

-vim:tw=78:sw=4:sts=4:ts=8:noet:ft=help:norl:
-vim: set fo+=n :
+vim:tw=78:sw=4:sts=4:ts=8:noet:ft=help:norl:fo+=n:
@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*usr_05.txt*	For Vim version 9.1.  Last change: 2025 Jan 11
+*usr_05.txt*	For Vim version 9.1.  Last change: 2025 Mar 22

 		     VIM USER MANUAL - by Bram Moolenaar

@@ -437,7 +437,7 @@ After restarting your Vim, the plugin is active and you can read about it at: >
 	:h editorconfig.txt


-Adding comment package			*comment-install* *package-comment*
+Adding the comment package		*comment-install* *package-comment*

 Load the plugin with this command: >
 	packadd comment
@@ -450,7 +450,7 @@ the package loaded.  Once the package is loaded, read about it at: >
 	:h comment.txt


-Adding nohlsearch package	*nohlsearch-install* *package-nohlsearch*
+Adding the nohlsearch package	*nohlsearch-install* *package-nohlsearch*

 Load the plugin with this command: >
 	packadd nohlsearch
@@ -464,6 +464,31 @@ To disable the effect of the plugin after it has been loaded: >
 	au! nohlsearch
 <

+Adding the highlight-yank package	*hlyank-install* *package-hlyank*
+
+Load the plugin with this command: >
+	packadd hlyank
+<
+This package briefly highlights the affected region of the last |yank|
+command.  See |52.6| for a simplified implementation using the
+|getregionpos()| function.
+
+The plugin understands the following configuration variables (the settings
+show the default values).
+
+To specify a different highlighting group, use: >
+	:let g:hlyank_hlgroup = 'IncSearch'
+<
+To use a different highlighting duration, use: >
+	:let g:hlyank_duration = 300
+The unit is milliseconds, and the upper limit is 3000 ms.  If you set a value
+higher than this, the highlighting duration will be 3000 ms.
+
+To highlight in visual mode, use: >
+	:let g:hlyank_invisual = v:true
+
+To disable the effect of the plugin after it has been loaded: >
+	au! hlyank

 More information about packages can be found here: |packages|.

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*usr_41.txt*	For Vim version 9.1.  Last change: 2025 Feb 01
+*usr_41.txt*	For Vim version 9.1.  Last change: 2025 Mar 23

 		     VIM USER MANUAL - by Bram Moolenaar

@@ -839,6 +839,30 @@ List manipulation:					*list-functions*
 	repeat()		repeat a List multiple times
 	flatten()		flatten a List
 	flattennew()		flatten a copy of a List
+	items()			get List of List index-value pairs
+
+Tuple manipulation:					*tuple-functions*
+	copy()			make a shallow copy of a Tuple
+	count()			count number of times a value appears in a
+				Tuple
+	deepcopy()		make a full copy of a Tuple
+	empty()			check if Tuple is empty
+	foreach()		apply function to Tuple items
+	get()			get an item without error for wrong index
+	index()			index of a value in a Tuple
+	indexof()		index in a Tuple where an expression is true
+	items()			get List of Tuple index-value pairs
+	join()			join Tuple items into a String
+	len()			number of items in a Tuple
+	list2tuple()		convert a list of items into a Tuple
+	max()			maximum value in a Tuple
+	min()			minimum value in a Tuple
+	reduce()		reduce a Tuple to a value
+	repeat()		repeat a Tuple multiple times
+	reverse()		reverse the order of items in a Tuple
+	slice()			take a slice of a Tuple
+	string()		string representation of a Tuple
+	tuple2list()		convert a Tuple of items into a list

 Dictionary manipulation:				*dict-functions*
 	get()			get an entry without an error for a wrong key
@@ -1234,6 +1258,7 @@ Testing:				    *test-functions*
 	test_null_list()	return a null List
 	test_null_partial()	return a null Partial function
 	test_null_string()	return a null String
+	test_null_tuple()	return a null Tuple
 	test_settime()		set the time Vim uses internally
 	test_setmouse()		set the mouse position
 	test_feedinput()	add key sequence to input buffer
@@ -1652,8 +1677,8 @@ More information about defining your own functions here: |user-functions|.
 ==============================================================================
 *41.8*	Lists and Dictionaries

-So far we have used the basic types String and Number.  Vim also supports two
-composite types: List and Dictionary.
+So far we have used the basic types String and Number.  Vim also supports
+three composite types: List, Tuple and Dictionary.

 A List is an ordered sequence of items.  The items can be any kind of value,
 thus you can make a List of numbers, a List of Lists and even a List of mixed
@@ -1754,6 +1779,23 @@ This looks into lines 1 to 50 (inclusive) and echoes any date found in there.

 For further reading see |Lists|.

+TUPLE
+
+A Tuple is an immutable ordered sequence of items.  An item can be of any
+type.  Items can be accessed by their index number.  To create a Tuple with
+three strings: >
+
+	var atuple = ('one', 'two', 'three')
+
+The Tuple items are enclosed in parenthesis and separated by commas.  To
+create an empty Tuple: >
+
+	var atuple = ()
+
+The |:for| loop can be used to iterate over the items in a Tuple similar to a
+List.
+
+For further reading see |Tuples|.

 DICTIONARIES

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*usr_52.txt*	For Vim version 9.1.  Last change: 2024 Oct 07
+*usr_52.txt*	For Vim version 9.1.  Last change: 2025 Mar 17

 		     VIM USER MANUAL - by Bram Moolenaar

@@ -346,11 +346,8 @@ Have a look at the package located at $VIMRUNTIME/pack/dist/opt/comment/

 HIGHLIGHT YANK PLUGIN

-Here is an example for highlighting the yanked region. It makes use of the
-|getregionpos()| function, available since Vim 9.1.0446.
-
-Copy the following example into a new file and place it into your plugin directory
-and it will be active next time you start Vim.  |add-plugin|: >
+Vim comes with the highlight-yank plugin, written in Vim9 script
+|hlyank-install|, here is a simplified implementation: >vim

 	vim9script

@@ -362,11 +359,10 @@ and it will be active next time you start Vim.  |add-plugin|: >
 	    endif
 	    var [beg, end] = [getpos("'["), getpos("']")]
 	    var type = v:event.regtype ?? 'v'
-	    var pos = getregionpos(beg, end, {type: type})
-	    var end_offset = (type == 'V' || v:event.inclusive) ? 1 : 0
+	    var pos = getregionpos(beg, end, {type: type, exclusive: false})
 	    var m = matchaddpos(hlgroup, pos->mapnew((_, v) => {
 	      var col_beg = v[0][2] + v[0][3]
-	      var col_end = v[1][2] + v[1][3] + end_offset
+	      var col_end = v[1][2] + v[1][3] + 1
 	      return [v[0][1], col_beg, col_end - col_beg]
 	    }))
 	    var winid = win_getid()
@@ -376,6 +372,9 @@ and it will be active next time you start Vim.  |add-plugin|: >

 	autocmd TextYankPost * HighlightedYank()
 <
+For the complete example, have a look into the package located at
+`$VIMRUNTIME/pack/dist/opt/hlyank/`
+
 ==============================================================================

 Next chapter: |usr_90.txt|  Installing Vim
@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*usr_90.txt*	For Vim version 9.1.  Last change: 2024 Oct 05
+*usr_90.txt*	For Vim version 9.1.  Last change: 2025 Mar 03

 		     VIM USER MANUAL - by Bram Moolenaar

@@ -28,20 +28,18 @@ is installed in differs.
 used.  But this may be different for your system.  Try finding out where other
 packages are installed.
   When installing for a single user, you can use your home directory as the
-base.  The files will be placed in subdirectories like "bin" and "shared/vim".
+base.  The files will be placed in subdirectories like "bin" and "share/vim".


 FROM A PACKAGE

-You can get precompiled binaries for many different UNIX systems.  There is a
-long list with links on this page:
+Depending on the Unix/Linux system used, there may exist pre-compiled binary
+packages.  You need to search for this. We used to keep a list for different
+UNIX systems, but that list was outdated so the list was removed.

-	http://www.vim.org/binaries.html
-
-Volunteers maintain the binaries, so they are often out of date.  It is a
-good idea to compile your own UNIX version from the source.  Also, creating
-the editor from the source allows you to control which features are compiled.
-This does require a compiler though.
+It is a good idea to compile your own UNIX version from the source.  Also,
+creating the editor from the source allows you to control which features are
+compiled.  This does require a compiler though.

 If you have a Linux distribution, the "vi" program is probably a minimal
 version of Vim.  It doesn't do syntax highlighting, for example.  Try finding
@@ -52,23 +50,18 @@ FROM SOURCES

 To compile and install Vim, you will need the following:

-	-  A C compiler (GCC preferred)
-	-  The GZIP program (you can get it from www.gnu.org)
-	-  The Vim source and runtime archives
+	-  A C compiler (GCC or clang preferred)
+	-  git (optionally, only when cloning from github)
+	-  zip/unzip (to uncompress the archive)
+	-  The Vim source archives

-To get the Vim archives, look in this file for a mirror near you, this should
-provide the fastest download:
+To download the Vim source, you can either clone it from the Github project
+page: >
+	git clone https://github.com/vim/vim.git
+<
+or download the archive directly using:

-	ftp://ftp.vim.org/pub/vim/MIRRORS
-
-Or use the home site ftp.vim.org, if you think it's fast enough.  Go to the
-"unix" directory and you'll find a list of files there.  The version number is
-embedded in the file name.  You will want to get the most recent version.
-   You can get the files for Unix in one big archive that contains everything:
-
-	vim-8.2.tar.bz2 ~
-
-You need the bzip2 program to uncompress it.
+	https://github.com/vim/vim/archive/refs/heads/master.zip


 COMPILING
@@ -80,17 +73,12 @@ First create a top directory to work in, for example: >

 Then unpack the archives there.  You can unpack it like this: >

-	tar xf path/vim-8.2.tar.bz2
+	unzip vim-master.zip

-If your tar command doesn't support bz2 directly: >
-
-	bzip2 -d -c path/vim-8.2.tar.bz2 | tar xf -
-
-Change "path" to where you have downloaded the file.
 If you are satisfied with getting the default features, and your environment
 is setup properly, you should be able to compile Vim with just this: >

-	cd vim82/src
+	cd vim-master/src
 	make

 The make program will run configure and compile everything.  Further on we
@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*version9.txt*  For Vim version 9.1.  Last change: 2025 Feb 11
+*version9.txt*  For Vim version 9.1.  Last change: 2025 Mar 27


 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -41553,10 +41553,21 @@ Enum support for Vim9 script |:enum|

 Support for protected _new() method

+Diff mode ~
+---------
+Include the "linematch" algorithm for the 'diffopt' setting.  This aligns
+changes between buffers on similar lines improving the diff highlighting in
+Vim
+
+Improve the diff highlighting for changes within a line.  Configurable using
+the "inline" sub option value for the 'diffopt' setting, with "inline:simple"
+being added to the default "diffopt" value (but this does not change how diff
+mode works).
 							*new-other-9.2*
 Other new features ~
 ------------------
-The new plugins |comment-install| and |nohlsearch-install| are included.
+The new packages |package-comment|, |package-nohlsearch| and |package-hlyank|
+are included.

 Support for Wayland UI.

@@ -41569,12 +41580,13 @@ Support highlighting the matched text and the completion kind for insert-mode
 completion and command-line completion in |ins-completion-menu|, see
 |complete-items|

-Include the "linematch" algorithm for the 'diffopt' setting.  This aligns
-changes between buffers on similar lines improving the diff highlighting in
-Vim
+Support for the |Tuple| data type in Vim script and Vim9 script.

-Adjusted default values ~
-----------------------
+							*changed-9.2*
+Changed~
+-------
+
+Default values: ~
 - the default 'history' option value has been increased to 200 and removed
  from |defaults.vim|
 - the default 'backspace' option for Vim has been set to "indent,eol,start"
@@ -41584,61 +41596,72 @@ Adjusted default values ~
 - the default value of the 'keyprotocol' option has been updated and support
  for the ghostty terminal emulator (using kitty protocol) has been added

-							*changed-9.2*
-Changed~
-------
- use 'smoothscroll' logic for CTRL-F and CTRL-B for pagewise scrolling
- use 'smoothscroll' logic for CTRL-D and CTRL-U for half-pagewise scrolling
- the default for 'commentstring' contains whitespace padding to have
-  automatic comments look nicer |comment-install|
- 'completeopt' is now a |global-local| option.
- 'nrformats' accepts the new "blank" suboption, to determine a signed or
-  unsigned number based on whitespace in front of a minus sign.
- allow to specify a priority when defining a new sign |:sign-define|
- provide information about function arguments using the get(func, "arity")
-  function |get()-func|
- |:bwipe| also wipes jumplist and tagstack data
- moving in the buffer list using |:bnext| and similar commands, behaves as
-  documented and skips help buffers (if not run from a help buffer, else
-  moves to the next/previous help buffer).
+Completion: ~
 - allow to complete directories from 'cdpath' for |:cd| and similar commands,
  add the "cd_in_path" completion type for e.g. |:command-complete| and
  |getcompletion()|
 - allow to complete shell commands and files using the new shellcmdline
  completion type using |:command-complete| and |getcmdcomplpat()|
- add 'cpoptions' flag "z" |cpo-z|, to disable some (traditional) vi
-  behaviour/inconsistency (see |d-special| and |cw|).
 - allow to specify additional attributes in the completion menu (allows to
  mark deprecated attributes from LSP server) |complete-items|
- the regex engines match correctly case-insensitive multi-byte characters
-  (and apply proper case folding)
+- the completed word and completion type are provided when handling the
+  |CompleteDone| autocommand in the |v:event| dictionary
+- |complete_info()| returns the list of matches shown in the poppu menu via
+  the "matches" key
+- New option value for 'completeopt':
+	"nosort"	- do not sort completion results
+	"preinsert"	- highlight to be inserted values
+- handle multi-line completion as expected
+- improved commandline completion for the |:hi| command
+- New option value for 'wildmode':
+	"noselect"	- do not auto select an entry in the wildmenu
+
+Options: ~
+- the default for 'commentstring' contains whitespace padding to have
+  automatic comments look nicer |comment-install|
+- 'completeopt' is now a |global-local| option.
+- 'nrformats' accepts the new "blank" suboption, to determine a signed or
+  unsigned number based on whitespace in front of a minus sign.
+- add 'cpoptions' flag "z" |cpo-z|, to disable some (traditional) vi
+  behaviour/inconsistency (see |d-special| and |cw|).
+- 'rulerformat' now supports the |stl-%!| item
+- use 'smoothscroll' logic for CTRL-F / CTRL-B for pagewise scrolling
+  and CTRL-D / CTRL-U for half-pagewise scrolling
+- 'pummaxwidth' maximum width for the completion popup menu
+
+Ex commands: ~
+- allow to specify a priority when defining a new sign |:sign-define|
+- |:bwipe| also wipes jumplist and tagstack data
+- moving in the buffer list using |:bnext| and similar commands, behaves as
+  documented and skips help buffers (if not run from a help buffer, else
+  moves to the next/previous help buffer).
 - |:keeppatterns| preserves the last substitute pattern when used with |:s|
+
+Functions: ~
+- provide information about function arguments using the get(func, "arity")
+  function |get()-func|
 - |setqflist()| and |setloclist()| can optionally try to preserve the current
  selection in the quickfix list with the "u" action.
+- allow to pass local Vim script variables to python interpreter |py3eval()|
+- |getwininfo()| now also returns the "leftcol" property for a window
+- |v:stacktrace| The stack trace of the exception most recently caught and
+  not finished
+- Add the optional {opts} |Dict| argument to |getchar()| to control: cursor
+  behaviour, return type and whether or not to simplify the returned key
+
+Others: ~
+- the regex engines match correctly case-insensitive multi-byte characters
+  (and apply proper case folding)
 - the putty terminal is detected using an |TermResponse| autocommand in
  |defaults.vim| and Vim switches to a dark background
 - the |help-TOC| package is included to ease navigating the documentation.
 - an interactive tutor plugin has been included |vim-tutor-mode|, can be
  started via |:Tutor|
 - improve the |vimtutor| and add a second chapter for more advanced tips
- allow to pass local Vim script variables to python interpreter |py3eval()|
- |getwininfo()| now also returns the "leftcol" property for a window
- 'rulerformat' now supports the |stl-%!| item
- the completed word and completion type are provided when handling the
-  |CompleteDone| autocommand in the |v:event| dictionary
- |complete_info()| returns the list of matches shown in the poppu menu via
-  the "matches" key
- |v:stacktrace| The stack trace of the exception most recently caught and
-  not finished
- New option value for 'completeopt':
-	"nosort"	- do not sort completion results
-	"preinsert"	- highlight to be inserted values
 - add |dist#vim9#Launch()| and |dist#vim9#Open()| to the |vim-script-library|
  and decouple it from |netrw|
 - new digraph "APPROACHES THE LIMIT" using ".="
- Add the optional {opts} |Dict| argument to |getchar()| to control: cursor
-  behaviour, return type and whether or not to simplify the returned key
- handle multi-line completion as expected
+- |CTRL-C| always closes the active |popup-window|.

 							*added-9.2*
 Added ~
@@ -41662,11 +41685,14 @@ Functions: ~
 |getstacktrace()|	get current stack trace of Vim scripts
 |id()|			get unique identifier for a Dict, List, Object,
 			Channel or Blob variable
+|list2tuple()|		turn a List of items into a Tuple
 |matchbufline()|	all the matches of a pattern in a buffer
 |matchstrlist()|	all the matches of a pattern in a List of strings
 |ngettext()|		lookup single/plural message translation
 |popup_setbuf()|	switch to a different buffer in a popup
 |str2blob()|		convert a List of strings into a blob
+|test_null_tuple()|	return a null tuple
+|tuple2list()|		turn a Tuple of items into a List


 Autocommands: ~
@@ -41674,6 +41700,7 @@ Autocommands: ~
 |CursorMovedC|		after the cursor was moved in the command-line
 |KeyInputPre|		before processing any key event in any mode
 |SessionWritePost|	after writing the session file |:mksession|
+|TabClosedPre|		before closing a |tabpage|.
 |TermResponseAll|	after the terminal response to |t_RV| and others is
 			received
 |WinNewPre|		before creating a new window
@@ -41681,7 +41708,8 @@ Autocommands: ~

 Highlighting: ~

-|hl-ComplMatchIns|	matched text of the currently inserted completion.
+|hl-ComplMatchIns|	matched text of the currently inserted completion
+|hl-DiffTextAdd|	added text within a changed line
 |hl-MsgArea|		highlighting of the Command-line and messages area
 |hl-PmenuMatch|		Popup menu: highlighting of matched text
 |hl-PmenuMatchSel|	Popup menu: highlighting of matched text in selected
@@ -41690,11 +41718,17 @@ Highlighting: ~
 Commands: ~

 |[r| and |]r|		to move the cursor to previous/next rare word
+
+Ex-Commands: ~
+
+|:iput|			like |:put| but adjust indent
 |:pbuffer|		Edit buffer [N] from the buffer list in the preview
 			window

 Options: ~

+'completefuzzycollect'	Enable fuzzy collection of candiates for (some)
+			|ins-completion| modes
 'completeitemalign'	Order of |complete-items| in Insert mode completion
 			popup
 'eventignorewin'	autocommand events that are ignored in a window
@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*vim9.txt*	For Vim version 9.1.  Last change: 2025 Jan 21
+*vim9.txt*	For Vim version 9.1.  Last change: 2025 Mar 23


 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL	  by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -1001,6 +1001,7 @@ empty list and dict is falsy:
 	string		non-empty
 	blob		non-empty
 	list		non-empty (different from JavaScript)
+	tuple		non-empty (different from JavaScript)
 	dictionary	non-empty (different from JavaScript)
 	func		when there is a function name
 	special		true or v:true
@@ -1048,6 +1049,7 @@ In Vim9 script one can use the following predefined values: >
 	null_function
 	null_job
 	null_list
+	null_tuple
 	null_object
 	null_partial
 	null_string
@@ -1467,15 +1469,16 @@ The following builtin types are supported:
 	dict<{type}>
 	job
 	channel
+	tuple<{type}>
+	tuple<{type}, {type}, ...>
+	tuple<...list<{type}>>
+	tuple<{type}, ...list<{type}>>
 	func
 	func: {type}
 	func({type}, ...)
 	func({type}, ...): {type}
 	void

-Not supported yet:
-	tuple<a: {type}, b: {type}, ...>
-
 These types can be used in declarations, but no simple value will actually
 have the "void" type.  Trying to use a void (e.g. a function without a
 return value) results in error *E1031*  *E1186* .
@@ -1483,6 +1486,32 @@ return value) results in error *E1031*  *E1186* .
 There is no array type, use list<{type}> instead.  For a list constant an
 efficient implementation is used that avoids allocating a lot of small pieces
 of memory.
+							*tuple-type*
+A tuple type can be declared in more or less specific ways:
+tuple<number>			a tuple with a single item of type |Number|
+tuple<number, string>		a tuple with two items of type |Number| and
+				|String|
+tuple<number, float, bool>	a tuple with three items of type |Number|,
+				|Float| and |Boolean|.
+tuple<...list<number>>		a variadic tuple with zero or more items of
+				type |Number|.
+tuple<number, ...list<string>>	a tuple with an item of type |Number| followed
+				by zero or more items of type |String|.
+
+Examples: >
+    var myTuple: tuple<number> = (20,)
+    var myTuple: tuple<number, string> = (30, 'vim')
+    var myTuple: tuple<number, float, bool> = (40, 1.1, true)
+    var myTuple: tuple<...list<string>> = ('a', 'b', 'c')
+    var myTuple: tuple<number, ...list<string>> = (3, 'a', 'b', 'c')
+<
+						*variadic-tuple* *E1539*
+A variadic tuple has zero or more items of the same type.  The type of a
+variadic tuple must end with a list type.  Examples: >
+    var myTuple: tuple<...list<number>> = (1, 2, 3)
+    var myTuple: tuple<...list<string>> = ('a', 'b', 'c')
+    var myTuple: tuple<...list<bool>> = ()
+<
 				    *vim9-func-declaration* *E1005* *E1007*
 A partial and function can be declared in more or less specific ways:
 func				any kind of function reference, no type
@@ -1707,7 +1736,8 @@ argument type checking: >
 			 *E1211* *E1217* *E1218* *E1219* *E1220* *E1221*
 			 *E1222* *E1223* *E1224* *E1225* *E1226* *E1227*
 			 *E1228* *E1238* *E1250* *E1251* *E1252* *E1256*
-			 *E1297* *E1298* *E1301*
+			 *E1297* *E1298* *E1301* *E1528* *E1529* *E1530*
+			 *E1531* *E1534*
 Types are checked for most builtin functions to make it easier to spot
 mistakes.

@@ -1715,7 +1745,7 @@ Categories of variables, defaults and null handling ~
 				*variable-categories* *null-variables*
 There are categories of variables:
 	primitive	number, float, boolean
-	container	string, blob, list, dict
+	container	string, blob, list, tuple, dict
 	specialized	function, job, channel, user-defined-object

 When declaring a variable without an initializer, an explicit type must be
@@ -1845,6 +1875,7 @@ An uninitialized variable is usually equal to null; it depends on its type:
 	var s: string		s == null
 	var b: blob		b != null   ***
 	var l: list<any>	l != null   ***
+	var t: tuple<any>	t != null   ***
 	var d: dict<any>	d != null   ***
 	var f: func		f == null
 	var j: job		j == null
@@ -1855,6 +1886,7 @@ A variable initialized to empty equals null_<type>; but not null:
 	var s2: string = ""	  == null_string	!= null
 	var b2: blob = 0z	  == null_blob		!= null
 	var l2: list<any> = []	  == null_list		!= null
+	var t2: tuple<any> = ()	  == null_tuple		!= null
 	var d2: dict<any> = {}	  == null_dict		!= null

 NOTE: the specialized variables, like job, default to null value and have no
@@ -1921,6 +1953,10 @@ There is one way to use both legacy and Vim9 syntax in one script file: >
 This allows for writing a script that takes advantage of the Vim9 script
 syntax if possible, but will also work on a Vim version without it.

+Note that Vim9 syntax changed before Vim 9 so that scripts using the current
+syntax (such as "import from" instead of "import") might throw errors.
+To prevent these, a safer check could be for |v:version| >= 900 instead.
+
 This can only work in two ways:
 1. The "if" statement evaluates to false, the commands up to `endif` are
   skipped and `vim9script` is then the first command actually executed.
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 " Vim support file to detect file types
 "
 " Maintainer:	The Vim Project <https://github.com/vim/vim>
-" Last Change:	2025 Feb 08
+" Last Change:	2025 Mar 18
 " Former Maintainer:	Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>

 " Listen very carefully, I will say this only once
@@ -51,8 +51,11 @@ func s:StarSetf(ft)
  endif
 endfunc

-" Vim help file
-au BufNewFile,BufRead $VIMRUNTIME/doc/*.txt	setf help
+" Vim help file, set ft explicitly, because 'modeline' might be off
+au BufNewFile,BufRead */doc/*.txt
+	\  if getline('$') =~ '\(^\|\s\)vim:.*\<\(ft\|filetype\)=help\>'
+	\|   setf help
+	\| endif

 " Abaqus or Trasys
 au BufNewFile,BufRead *.inp			call dist#ft#Check_inp()
@@ -75,6 +78,9 @@ au BufNewFile,BufRead *.abc			setf abc
 " ABEL
 au BufNewFile,BufRead *.abl			setf abel

+" ABNF
+au BufNewFile,BufRead *.abnf			setf abnf
+
 " AceDB
 au BufNewFile,BufRead *.wrm			setf acedb

@@ -341,6 +347,11 @@ au BufNewFile,BufRead *.capnp			setf capnp
 " Cgdb config file
 au BufNewFile,BufRead cgdbrc			setf cgdbrc

+" m17n database files. */m17n/* matches installed files, */.m17n.d/* matches
+" per-user config files, */m17n-db/* matches the git repo. (must be before
+" *.cs)
+au BufNewFile,BufRead */{m17n,.m17n.d,m17n-db}/*.{ali,cs,dir,flt,fst,lnm,mic,mim,tbl} setf m17ndb
+
 " C#
 au BufNewFile,BufRead *.cs,*.csx,*.cake		setf cs

@@ -384,6 +395,12 @@ au BufNewFile,BufRead *.cdl			setf cdl
 " Conary Recipe
 au BufNewFile,BufRead *.recipe			setf conaryrecipe

+" Containers config files
+au BufNewFile,BufRead */containers/containers.conf{,.d/*.conf}		setf toml
+au BufNewFile,BufRead */containers/containers.conf.modules/*.conf	setf toml
+au BufNewFile,BufRead */containers/registries.conf{,.d/*.conf}		setf toml
+au BufNewFile,BufRead */containers/storage.conf				setf toml
+
 " Corn config file
 au BufNewFile,BufRead *.corn			setf corn

@@ -952,7 +969,7 @@ au BufNewFile,BufRead */etc/gitattributes			setf gitattributes
 au BufNewFile,BufRead .gitignore,*.git/info/exclude		setf gitignore
 au BufNewFile,BufRead */.config/git/ignore,*.prettierignore	setf gitignore
 au BufNewFile,BufRead */.config/fd/ignore,.fdignore,.ignore	setf gitignore
-au BufNewFile,BufRead .rgignore,.dockerignore			setf gitignore
+au BufNewFile,BufRead .rgignore,.dockerignore,.containerignore	setf gitignore
 au BufNewFile,BufRead .npmignore,.vscodeignore			setf gitignore
 au BufNewFile,BufRead git-rebase-todo				setf gitrebase
 au BufRead,BufNewFile .gitsendemail.msg.??????			setf gitsendemail
@@ -1797,7 +1814,7 @@ au BufNewFile,BufRead *.hook
 au BufNewFile,BufRead {.,}makepkg.conf			setf sh

 " Pacman log
-au BufNewFile,BufRead pacman.log			setf pacmanlog
+au BufRead pacman.log*					call s:StarSetf('pacmanlog')

 " Pam conf
 au BufNewFile,BufRead */etc/pam.conf			setf pamconf
@@ -2347,8 +2364,8 @@ au BufNewFile,BufRead *.zsh,*.zsh-theme,*.zunit		setf zsh
 " Salt state files
 au BufNewFile,BufRead *.sls			setf salt

-" Scheme, Supertux configuration, Lips.js history ("racket" patterns are now separate, see above)
-au BufNewFile,BufRead *.scm,*.ss,*.sld,*.stsg,*/supertux2/config,.lips_repl_history	setf scheme
+" Scheme, Supertux configuration, Lips.js history, Guile init file ("racket" patterns are now separate, see above)
+au BufNewFile,BufRead *.scm,*.ss,*.sld,*.stsg,*/supertux2/config,.lips_repl_history,.guile	setf scheme

 " Screen RC
 au BufNewFile,BufRead .screenrc,screenrc	setf screen
@@ -2498,6 +2515,10 @@ au BufNewFile,BufRead *.class
 " SMCL
 au BufNewFile,BufRead *.hlp,*.ihlp,*.smcl	setf smcl

+" SPA JSON
+au BufNewFile,BufRead */pipewire/*.conf		setf spajson
+au BufNewFile,BufRead */wireplumber/*.conf	setf spajson
+
 " Stored Procedures
 au BufNewFile,BufRead *.stp			setf stp

@@ -2596,6 +2617,9 @@ au BufRead,BufNewFile *.ttl
 " Terminfo
 au BufNewFile,BufRead *.ti			setf terminfo

+" Tera
+au BufRead,BufNewFile *.tera			setf tera
+
 " Terraform variables
 au BufRead,BufNewFile *.tfvars			setf terraform-vars

@@ -2640,7 +2664,7 @@ au BufNewFile,BufRead *.tla			setf tla
 au BufNewFile,BufRead {.,}tmux*.conf		setf tmux

 " TOML
-au BufNewFile,BufRead *.toml			setf toml
+au BufNewFile,BufRead *.toml,uv.lock		setf toml

 " TPP - Text Presentation Program
 au BufNewFile,BufRead *.tpp			setf tpp
@@ -3273,7 +3297,7 @@ au BufNewFile,BufRead XF86Config*
 	\|call s:StarSetf('xf86conf')

 " XKB
-au BufNewFile,BufRead */usr/share/X11/xkb/{compat,geometry,keycodes,symbols,types}/*	call s:StarSetf('xkb')
+au BufNewFile,BufRead */{,.}xkb/{compat,geometry,keycodes,symbols,types}/*	call s:StarSetf('xkb')

 " X11 xmodmap
 au BufNewFile,BufRead *xmodmap*			call s:StarSetf('xmodmap')
@@ -3284,6 +3308,15 @@ au BufNewFile,BufRead */etc/xinetd.d/*		call s:StarSetf('xinetd')
 " yum conf (close enough to dosini)
 au BufNewFile,BufRead */etc/yum.repos.d/*	call s:StarSetf('dosini')

+" Yarn lock
+au BufNewFile,BufRead yarn.lock			setf yaml
+
+" Zathurarc
+au BufNewFile,BufRead zathurarc			setf zathurarc
+
+" Rofi stylesheet
+au BufNewFile,BufRead *.rasi			setf rasi
+
 " Z-Shell script ending in a star
 au BufNewFile,BufRead .zsh*,.zlog*,.zcompdump*  call s:StarSetf('zsh')
 au BufNewFile,BufRead zsh*,zlog*		call s:StarSetf('zsh')
@@ -3329,15 +3362,6 @@ au filetypedetect BufNewFile,BufRead,StdinReadPost *
 	\   setf FALLBACK conf |
 	\ endif

-" Yarn lock
-au BufNewFile,BufRead yarn.lock			setf yaml
-
-" Zathurarc
-au BufNewFile,BufRead zathurarc			setf zathurarc
-
-" Rofi stylesheet
-au BufNewFile,BufRead *.rasi			setf rasi
-
 " If the GUI is already running, may still need to install the Syntax menu.
 " Don't do it when the 'M' flag is included in 'guioptions'.
 if has("menu") && has("gui_running")
@@ -2,8 +2,7 @@
 " Language:            C#
 " Maintainer:          Nick Jensen <nickspoon@gmail.com>
 " Former Maintainer:   Johannes Zellner <johannes@zellner.org>
-" Last Change:         2022-11-16
-"                      2024 Jan 14 by Vim Project (browsefilter)
+" Last Change:         2025-03-14
 " License:             Vim (see :h license)
 " Repository:          https://github.com/nickspoons/vim-cs

@@ -21,8 +20,11 @@ setlocal formatoptions-=t formatoptions+=croql

 " Set 'comments' to format dashed lists in comments.
 setlocal comments=sO:*\ -,mO:*\ \ ,exO:*/,s1:/*,mb:*,ex:*/,:///,://
+setlocal commentstring=//\ %s

-let b:undo_ftplugin = 'setl com< fo<'
+setlocal cinoptions=J1
+
+let b:undo_ftplugin = 'setl com< fo< cino<'

 if exists('loaded_matchit') && !exists('b:match_words')
  " #if/#endif support included by default
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 " Vim filetype plugin
 " Language:	Dockerfile
 " Maintainer:   Honza Pokorny <http://honza.ca>
-" Last Change:	2024 Dec 20
+" Last Change:	2025 Feb 21

 " Only do this when not done yet for this buffer
 if exists("b:did_ftplugin")
@@ -11,6 +11,7 @@ endif
 " Don't load another plugin for this buffer
 let b:did_ftplugin = 1

+setlocal comments=:#
 setlocal commentstring=#\ %s

-let b:undo_ftplugin = "setl commentstring<"
+let b:undo_ftplugin = "setl comments< commentstring<"
@@ -1,8 +1,10 @@
 " Vim filetype plugin file
 " Language:	Go
-" Maintainer:	David Barnett (https://github.com/google/vim-ft-go)
+" Maintainer:	David Barnett (https://github.com/google/vim-ft-go is archived)
 " Last Change:	2014 Aug 16
 " 2024 Jul 16 by Vim Project (add recommended indent style)
+" 2025 Mar 07 by Vim Project (add formatprg and keywordprg option #16804)
+" 2025 Mar 18 by Vim Project (use :term for 'keywordprg' #16911)

 if exists('b:did_ftplugin')
  finish
@@ -10,15 +12,37 @@ endif
 let b:did_ftplugin = 1

 setlocal formatoptions-=t
+setlocal formatprg=gofmt

 setlocal comments=s1:/*,mb:*,ex:*/,://
 setlocal commentstring=//\ %s
+setlocal keywordprg=:GoKeywordPrg

-let b:undo_ftplugin = 'setl fo< com< cms<'
+command! -buffer -nargs=* GoKeywordPrg call s:GoKeywordPrg()
+
+let b:undo_ftplugin = 'setl fo< com< cms< fp< kp<'
+                  \ . '| delcommand -buffer GoKeywordPrg'

 if get(g:, 'go_recommended_style', 1)
  setlocal noexpandtab softtabstop=0 shiftwidth=0
  let b:undo_ftplugin ..= ' | setl et< sts< sw<'
 endif

+if !exists('*' .. expand('<SID>') .. 'GoKeywordPrg')
+  func! s:GoKeywordPrg()
+    let temp_isk = &l:iskeyword
+    setl iskeyword+=.
+    try
+      let cmd = 'go doc -C ' . shellescape(expand('%:h')) . ' ' . shellescape(expand('<cword>'))
+      if has('gui_running') || has('nvim')
+        exe 'hor term' cmd
+      else
+        exe '!' . cmd
+      endif
+    finally
+      let &l:iskeyword = temp_isk
+    endtry
+  endfunc
+endif
+
 " vim: sw=2 sts=2 et
@@ -5,13 +5,24 @@
 " Contributor:		Dorai Sitaram <ds26@gte.com>
 "			C.D. MacEachern <craig.daniel.maceachern@gmail.com>
 "			Tyler Miller <tmillr@proton.me>
-" Last Change:		2024 Dec 03
+"			Phạm Bình An <phambinhanctb2004@gmail.com>
+" Last Change:		2025 Feb 27

 if exists("b:did_ftplugin")
  finish
 endif
 let b:did_ftplugin = 1

+" keep in sync with syntax/lua.vim
+if !exists("lua_version")
+  " Default is lua 5.3
+  let lua_version = 5
+  let lua_subversion = 3
+elseif !exists("lua_subversion")
+  " lua_version exists, but lua_subversion doesn't. In this case set it to 0
+  let lua_subversion = 0
+endif
+
 let s:cpo_save = &cpo
 set cpo&vim

@@ -21,11 +32,11 @@ setlocal formatoptions-=t formatoptions+=croql

 let &l:define = '\<function\|\<local\%(\s\+function\)\='

-" TODO: handle init.lua
-setlocal includeexpr=tr(v:fname,'.','/')
+let &l:include = '\<\%(\%(do\|load\)file\|require\)\s*('
+setlocal includeexpr=s:LuaInclude(v:fname)
 setlocal suffixesadd=.lua

-let b:undo_ftplugin = "setlocal cms< com< def< fo< inex< sua<"
+let b:undo_ftplugin = "setl cms< com< def< fo< inc< inex< sua<"

 if exists("loaded_matchit") && !exists("b:match_words")
  let b:match_ignorecase = 0
@@ -50,20 +61,31 @@ endif

 if has("folding") && get(g:, "lua_folding", 0)
  setlocal foldmethod=expr
-  setlocal foldexpr=LuaFold(v:lnum)
+  setlocal foldexpr=s:LuaFold(v:lnum)
  let b:lua_lasttick = -1
-  let b:undo_ftplugin ..= "|setl foldexpr< foldmethod< | unlet! b:lua_lasttick b:lua_foldlists"
+  let b:undo_ftplugin ..= " | setl foldexpr< foldmethod< | unlet! b:lua_lasttick b:lua_foldlists"
 endif

-
 " The rest of the file needs to be :sourced only once per Vim session
-if exists('s:loaded_lua') || &cp
+if exists("s:loaded_lua") || &cp
  let &cpo = s:cpo_save
  unlet s:cpo_save
  finish
 endif
 let s:loaded_lua = 1

+function s:LuaInclude(fname) abort
+  let lua_ver = str2float(printf("%d.%02d", g:lua_version, g:lua_subversion))
+  let fname = tr(a:fname, '.', '/')
+  let paths = lua_ver >= 5.03 ? [fname .. ".lua", fname .. "/init.lua"] : [fname .. ".lua"]
+  for path in paths
+    if filereadable(path)
+      return path
+    endif
+  endfor
+  return fname
+endfunction
+
 let s:patterns = [
      \ ['do', 'end'],
      \ ['if\s+.+\s+then', 'end'],
@@ -75,35 +97,35 @@ let s:patterns = [
      \ ['local\s+function\s+.+', 'end'],
      \ ]

-function! LuaFold(lnum) abort
+function s:LuaFold(lnum) abort
  if b:lua_lasttick == b:changedtick
-    return b:lua_foldlists[a:lnum-1]
+    return b:lua_foldlists[a:lnum - 1]
  endif
  let b:lua_lasttick = b:changedtick

  let b:lua_foldlists = []
  let foldlist = []
-  let buf = getline(1, '$')
+  let buf = getline(1, "$")
  for line in buf
    for t in s:patterns
-      let tagopen = '\v^\s*'..t[0]..'\s*$'
-      let tagclose = '\v^\s*'..t[1]..'\s*$'
+      let tagopen  = '\v^\s*' .. t[0] ..'\s*$'
+      let tagclose = '\v^\s*' .. t[1] ..'\s*$'
      if line =~# tagopen
-        call add(foldlist, t)
-        break
+	call add(foldlist, t)
+	break
      elseif line =~# tagclose
-        if len(foldlist) > 0 && line =~# foldlist[-1][1]
-          call remove(foldlist, -1)
-        else
-          let foldlist = []
-        endif
-        break
+	if len(foldlist) > 0 && line =~# foldlist[-1][1]
+	  call remove(foldlist, -1)
+	else
+	  let foldlist = []
+	endif
+	break
      endif
    endfor
    call add(b:lua_foldlists, len(foldlist))
  endfor

-  return lua_foldlists[a:lnum-1]
+  return lua_foldlists[a:lnum - 1]
 endfunction

 let &cpo = s:cpo_save
@@ -0,0 +1,17 @@
+" Vim filetype plugin
+" Language:	m17n database
+" Maintainer:	David Mandelberg <david@mandelberg.org>
+" Last Change:	2025 Feb 21
+
+if exists('b:did_ftplugin')
+  finish
+endif
+let b:did_ftplugin = 1
+
+setlocal comments=:;;;,:;;,:;
+setlocal commentstring=;\ %s
+setlocal iskeyword=!-~,@,^34,^(,^),^92
+setlocal lisp
+setlocal lispwords=
+
+let b:undo_ftplugin = "setlocal comments< commentstring< iskeyword< lisp< lispwords<"
@@ -6,6 +6,7 @@
 " Last Change:	2024 Jun 06 (disabled the q mapping, #8210)
 " 		2024 Jul 06 (use nnoremap, #15130)
 " 		2024 Aug 23 (improve the <Plug>ManBS mapping, #15547, #15556)
+" 		2025 Mar 09 (improve :Man completion for man-db, #16843)

 " To make the ":Man" command available before editing a manual page, source
 " this script from your startup vimrc file.
@@ -24,6 +25,14 @@ endif
 let s:cpo_save = &cpo
 set cpo-=C

+if !exists('g:ft_man_implementation')
+  if executable('mandb') > 0
+    let g:ft_man_implementation = 'man-db'
+  else
+    let g:ft_man_implementation = ''
+  endif
+endif
+
 if &filetype == "man"
  " Allow hyphen, plus, colon, dot, and commercial at in manual page name.
  " Parentheses are not here but in dist#man#PreGetPage()
@@ -60,11 +69,19 @@ if &filetype == "man"
 endif

 if exists(":Man") != 2
-  com -nargs=+ -complete=shellcmd Man call dist#man#GetPage(<q-mods>, <f-args>)
+  if g:ft_man_implementation ==# 'man-db'
+    com -nargs=+ -complete=customlist,dist#man#ManDbComplete Man call dist#man#GetPage(<q-mods>, <f-args>)
+  else
+    com -nargs=+ -complete=shellcmd Man call dist#man#GetPage(<q-mods>, <f-args>)
+  endif
  nnoremap <Leader>K :call dist#man#PreGetPage(0)<CR>
  nnoremap <Plug>ManPreGetPage :call dist#man#PreGetPage(0)<CR>
 endif

+if exists(":ManReload") != 2
+  com ManReload call dist#man#Reload()
+endif
+
 let &cpo = s:cpo_save
 unlet s:cpo_save

@@ -0,0 +1,17 @@
+" Vim ftplugin file
+" Language: Oracle Procedural SQL (PL/SQL)
+" Maintainer: Lee Lindley (lee dot lindley at gmail dot com)
+" Previous Maintainer: Jeff Lanzarotta (jefflanzarotta at yahoo dot com)
+" Previous Maintainer: C. Laurence Gonsalves (clgonsal@kami.com)
+" URL: https://github.com/lee-lindley/vim_plsql_syntax
+" Last Change: Feb 19, 2025
+" History:  Enno Konfekt move handling of optional syntax folding from syntax
+"               file to ftplugin
+
+if exists("b:did_ftplugin") | finish | endif
+let b:did_ftplugin = 1
+
+if get(g:,"plsql_fold",0) == 1
+    setlocal foldmethod=syntax
+    let b:undo_ftplugin = "setl fdm< "
+endif
@@ -6,6 +6,7 @@
 "			Eisuke Kawashima
 " Last Change:		2024 Sep 19 by Vim Project (compiler shellcheck)
 "			2024 Dec 29 by Vim Project (improve setting shellcheck compiler)
+"			2025 Mar 09 by Vim Project (set b:match_skip)

 if exists("b:did_ftplugin")
  finish
@@ -30,7 +31,8 @@ if exists("loaded_matchit") && !exists("b:match_words")
 	\  s:sol .. '\%(for\|while\)\>:' .. s:sol .. 'done\>,' ..
 	\  s:sol .. 'case\>:' .. s:sol .. 'esac\>'
  unlet s:sol
-  let b:undo_ftplugin ..= " | unlet! b:match_ignorecase b:match_words"
+  let b:match_skip = "synIDattr(synID(line('.'),col('.'),0),'name') =~ 'shSnglCase'" 
+  let b:undo_ftplugin ..= " | unlet! b:match_ignorecase b:match_words b:match_skip"
 endif

 if (has("gui_win32") || has("gui_gtk")) && !exists("b:browsefilter")
@@ -1,20 +1,19 @@
 " Vim filetype plugin file
 " Language:             Sieve filtering language input file
+" Maintainer:           This runtime file is looking for a new maintainer.
 " Previous Maintainer:  Nikolai Weibull <now@bitwi.se>
-" Latest Revision:      2008-07-09
+" Latest Revision:      2025 Feb 20

 if exists("b:did_ftplugin")
  finish
 endif
 let b:did_ftplugin = 1

-let s:cpo_save = &cpo
-set cpo&vim
-
-let b:undo_ftplugin = "setl com< cms< fo<"
+let b:undo_ftplugin = "setl com< cms< fo< ff<"

 setlocal comments=s1:/*,mb:*,ex:*/,:# commentstring=#\ %s
 setlocal formatoptions-=t formatoptions+=croql

-let &cpo = s:cpo_save
-unlet s:cpo_save
+" https://datatracker.ietf.org/doc/html/rfc5228#section-2.2 says
+" "newlines (CRLF, never just CR or LF)"
+setlocal fileformat=dos
@@ -0,0 +1,14 @@
+" Vim filetype plugin
+" Language:	SPA JSON
+" Maintainer:	David Mandelberg <david@mandelberg.org>
+" Last Change:	2025 Mar 22
+
+if exists('b:did_ftplugin')
+  finish
+endif
+let b:did_ftplugin = 1
+
+setlocal comments=:###,:##,:#
+setlocal commentstring=#\ %s
+
+let b:undo_ftplugin = "setlocal comments< commentstring<"
@@ -0,0 +1,30 @@
+" Vim filetype plugin file
+" Language:             Tera
+" Maintainer:           Muntasir Mahmud <muntasir.joypurhat@gmail.com>
+" Last Change:          2025 Mar 08
+
+if exists("b:did_ftplugin")
+  finish
+endif
+let b:did_ftplugin = 1
+
+setlocal autoindent
+
+setlocal commentstring={#\ %s\ #}
+setlocal comments=s:{#,e:#}
+
+if exists("loaded_matchit")
+  let b:match_ignorecase = 0
+  let b:match_words = '{#:##\|#},{% *if:{% *else\>:{% *elif\>:{% *endif %},{% *for\>:{% *endfor %},{% *macro\>:{% *endmacro %},{% *block\>:{% *endblock %},{% *filter\>:{% *endfilter %},{% *set\>:{% *endset %},{% *raw\>:{% *endraw %},{% *with\>:{% *endwith %}'
+endif
+
+setlocal includeexpr=substitute(v:fname,'\\([^.]*\\)$','\\1','g')
+setlocal suffixesadd=.tera
+
+setlocal expandtab
+setlocal shiftwidth=2
+setlocal softtabstop=2
+
+let b:undo_ftplugin = "setlocal autoindent< commentstring< comments< " ..
+      \ "includeexpr< suffixesadd< expandtab< shiftwidth< softtabstop<"
+let b:undo_ftplugin .= "|unlet! b:match_ignorecase b:match_words"
@@ -1,9 +1,11 @@
 " Vim filetype plugin
-" Language:		Vim
-" Maintainer:		Doug Kearns <dougkearns@gmail.com>
-" Last Change:		2025 Jan 06
-" Former Maintainer:	Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
-" Contributors:		Riley Bruins <ribru17@gmail.com> ('commentstring')
+" Language:          Vim
+" Maintainer:        Doug Kearns <dougkearns@gmail.com>
+" Last Change:       2025 Mar 05
+" Former Maintainer: Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
+" Contributors:      Riley Bruins <ribru17@gmail.com> ('commentstring'),
+"                    @Konfekt
+"                    @tpope (s:Help())

 " Only do this when not done yet for this buffer
 if exists("b:did_ftplugin")
@@ -18,20 +20,21 @@ set cpo&vim

 if !exists('*VimFtpluginUndo')
  func VimFtpluginUndo()
-    setl fo< isk< com< tw< commentstring< include< define<
+    setl fo< isk< com< tw< commentstring< include< define< keywordprg<
+    sil! delc -buffer VimKeywordPrg
    if exists('b:did_add_maps')
      silent! nunmap <buffer> [[
-      silent! vunmap <buffer> [[
+      silent! xunmap <buffer> [[
      silent! nunmap <buffer> ]]
-      silent! vunmap <buffer> ]]
+      silent! xunmap <buffer> ]]
      silent! nunmap <buffer> []
-      silent! vunmap <buffer> []
+      silent! xunmap <buffer> []
      silent! nunmap <buffer> ][
-      silent! vunmap <buffer> ][
+      silent! xunmap <buffer> ][
      silent! nunmap <buffer> ]"
-      silent! vunmap <buffer> ]"
+      silent! xunmap <buffer> ]"
      silent! nunmap <buffer> ["
-      silent! vunmap <buffer> ["
+      silent! xunmap <buffer> ["
    endif
    unlet! b:match_ignorecase b:match_words b:match_skip b:did_add_maps
  endfunc
@@ -48,7 +51,53 @@ setlocal fo-=t fo+=croql
 setlocal isk+=#

 " Use :help to lookup the keyword under the cursor with K.
-setlocal keywordprg=:help
+" Distinguish between commands, options and functions.
+if !exists("*" .. expand("<SID>") .. "Help")
+  function s:Help(topic) abort
+    let topic = a:topic
+
+    if get(g:, 'syntax_on', 0)
+      let syn = synIDattr(synID(line('.'), col('.'), 1), 'name')
+      if syn ==# 'vimFuncName'
+        return topic.'()'
+      elseif syn ==# 'vimOption'
+        return "'".topic."'"
+      elseif syn ==# 'vimUserAttrbKey'
+        return ':command-'.topic
+      elseif syn =~# 'vimCommand'
+        return ':'.topic
+      endif
+    endif
+
+    let col = col('.') - 1
+    while col && getline('.')[col] =~# '\k'
+      let col -= 1
+    endwhile
+    let pre = col == 0 ? '' : getline('.')[0 : col]
+
+    let col = col('.') - 1
+    while col && getline('.')[col] =~# '\k'
+      let col += 1
+    endwhile
+    let post = getline('.')[col : -1]
+
+    if pre =~# '^\s*:\=$'
+      return ':'.topic
+    elseif pre =~# '\<v:$'
+      return 'v:'.topic
+    elseif pre =~# '<$'
+      return '<'.topic.'>'
+    elseif pre =~# '\\$'
+      return '/\'.topic
+    elseif topic ==# 'v' && post =~# ':\w\+'
+      return 'v'.matchstr(post, ':\w\+')
+    else
+      return topic
+    endif
+  endfunction
+endif
+command! -buffer -nargs=1 VimKeywordPrg :exe 'help' s:Help(<q-args>)
+setlocal keywordprg=:VimKeywordPrg

 " Comments starts with # in Vim9 script.  We have to guess which one to use.
 if "\n" .. getline(1, 32)->join("\n") =~# '\n\s*vim9\%[script]\>'
@@ -77,19 +126,19 @@ if !exists("no_plugin_maps") && !exists("no_vim_maps")

  " Move around functions.
  nnoremap <silent><buffer> [[ m':call search('^\s*\(fu\%[nction]\\|\(export\s\+\)\?def\)\>', "bW")<CR>
-  vnoremap <silent><buffer> [[ m':<C-U>exe "normal! gv"<Bar>call search('^\s*\(fu\%[nction]\\|\(export\s\+\)\?def\)\>', "bW")<CR>
+  xnoremap <silent><buffer> [[ m':<C-U>exe "normal! gv"<Bar>call search('^\s*\(fu\%[nction]\\|\(export\s\+\)\?def\)\>', "bW")<CR>
  nnoremap <silent><buffer> ]] m':call search('^\s*\(fu\%[nction]\\|\(export\s\+\)\?def\)\>', "W")<CR>
-  vnoremap <silent><buffer> ]] m':<C-U>exe "normal! gv"<Bar>call search('^\s*\(fu\%[nction]\\|\(export\s\+\)\?def\)\>', "W")<CR>
+  xnoremap <silent><buffer> ]] m':<C-U>exe "normal! gv"<Bar>call search('^\s*\(fu\%[nction]\\|\(export\s\+\)\?def\)\>', "W")<CR>
  nnoremap <silent><buffer> [] m':call search('^\s*end\(f\%[unction]\\|\(export\s\+\)\?def\)\>', "bW")<CR>
-  vnoremap <silent><buffer> [] m':<C-U>exe "normal! gv"<Bar>call search('^\s*end\(f\%[unction]\\|\(export\s\+\)\?def\)\>', "bW")<CR>
+  xnoremap <silent><buffer> [] m':<C-U>exe "normal! gv"<Bar>call search('^\s*end\(f\%[unction]\\|\(export\s\+\)\?def\)\>', "bW")<CR>
  nnoremap <silent><buffer> ][ m':call search('^\s*end\(f\%[unction]\\|\(export\s\+\)\?def\)\>', "W")<CR>
-  vnoremap <silent><buffer> ][ m':<C-U>exe "normal! gv"<Bar>call search('^\s*end\(f\%[unction]\\|\(export\s\+\)\?def\)\>', "W")<CR>
+  xnoremap <silent><buffer> ][ m':<C-U>exe "normal! gv"<Bar>call search('^\s*end\(f\%[unction]\\|\(export\s\+\)\?def\)\>', "W")<CR>

  " Move around comments
  nnoremap <silent><buffer> ]" :call search('\%(^\s*".*\n\)\@<!\%(^\s*"\)', "W")<CR>
-  vnoremap <silent><buffer> ]" :<C-U>exe "normal! gv"<Bar>call search('\%(^\s*".*\n\)\@<!\%(^\s*"\)', "W")<CR>
+  xnoremap <silent><buffer> ]" :<C-U>exe "normal! gv"<Bar>call search('\%(^\s*".*\n\)\@<!\%(^\s*"\)', "W")<CR>
  nnoremap <silent><buffer> [" :call search('\%(^\s*".*\n\)\%(^\s*"\)\@!', "bW")<CR>
-  vnoremap <silent><buffer> [" :<C-U>exe "normal! gv"<Bar>call search('\%(^\s*".*\n\)\%(^\s*"\)\@!', "bW")<CR>
+  xnoremap <silent><buffer> [" :<C-U>exe "normal! gv"<Bar>call search('\%(^\s*".*\n\)\%(^\s*"\)\@!', "bW")<CR>
 endif

 " Let the matchit plugin know what items can be matched.
@@ -101,15 +150,15 @@ if exists("loaded_matchit")
  "   func name
  " require a parenthesis following, then there can be an "endfunc".
  let b:match_words =
-	\ '\<\%(fu\%[nction]\|def\)!\=\s\+\S\+\s*(:\%(\%(^\||\)\s*\)\@<=\<retu\%[rn]\>:\%(\%(^\||\)\s*\)\@<=\<\%(endf\%[unction]\|enddef\)\>,' ..
-	\ '\<\%(wh\%[ile]\|for\)\>:\%(\%(^\||\)\s*\)\@<=\<brea\%[k]\>:\%(\%(^\||\)\s*\)\@<=\<con\%[tinue]\>:\%(\%(^\||\)\s*\)\@<=\<end\%(w\%[hile]\|fo\%[r]\)\>,' ..
-	\ '\<if\>:\%(\%(^\||\)\s*\)\@<=\<el\%[seif]\>:\%(\%(^\||\)\s*\)\@<=\<en\%[dif]\>,' ..
-	\ '{:},' ..
-	\ '\<try\>:\%(\%(^\||\)\s*\)\@<=\<cat\%[ch]\>:\%(\%(^\||\)\s*\)\@<=\<fina\%[lly]\>:\%(\%(^\||\)\s*\)\@<=\<endt\%[ry]\>,' ..
-	\ '\<aug\%[roup]\s\+\%(END\>\)\@!\S:\<aug\%[roup]\s\+END\>,' ..
-	\ '\<class\>:\<endclass\>,' ..
-	\ '\<interface\>:\<endinterface\>,' ..
-	\ '\<enum\>:\<endenum\>'
+  \ '\<\%(fu\%[nction]\|def\)!\=\s\+\S\+\s*(:\%(\%(^\||\)\s*\)\@<=\<retu\%[rn]\>:\%(\%(^\||\)\s*\)\@<=\<\%(endf\%[unction]\|enddef\)\>,' ..
+  \ '\<\%(wh\%[ile]\|for\)\>:\%(\%(^\||\)\s*\)\@<=\<brea\%[k]\>:\%(\%(^\||\)\s*\)\@<=\<con\%[tinue]\>:\%(\%(^\||\)\s*\)\@<=\<end\%(w\%[hile]\|fo\%[r]\)\>,' ..
+  \ '\<if\>:\%(\%(^\||\)\s*\)\@<=\<el\%[seif]\>:\%(\%(^\||\)\s*\)\@<=\<en\%[dif]\>,' ..
+  \ '{:},' ..
+  \ '\<try\>:\%(\%(^\||\)\s*\)\@<=\<cat\%[ch]\>:\%(\%(^\||\)\s*\)\@<=\<fina\%[lly]\>:\%(\%(^\||\)\s*\)\@<=\<endt\%[ry]\>,' ..
+  \ '\<aug\%[roup]\s\+\%(END\>\)\@!\S:\<aug\%[roup]\s\+END\>,' ..
+  \ '\<class\>:\<endclass\>,' ..
+  \ '\<interface\>:\<endinterface\>,' ..
+  \ '\<enum\>:\<endenum\>'

  " Ignore syntax region commands and settings, any 'en*' would clobber
  " if-endif.
@@ -117,7 +166,7 @@ if exists("loaded_matchit")
  " - au! FileType javascript syntax region foldBraces start=/{/ end=/}/ …
  " Also ignore here-doc and dictionary keys (vimVar).
  let b:match_skip = 'synIDattr(synID(line("."), col("."), 1), "name")
-	\ =~? "comment\\|string\\|vimSynReg\\|vimSet\\|vimLetHereDoc\\|vimVar"'
+                    \ =~? "comment\\|string\\|vimSynReg\\|vimSet\\|vimLetHereDoc\\|vimVar"'
 endif

 let &cpo = s:cpo_save
@@ -125,3 +174,5 @@ unlet s:cpo_save

 " removed this, because 'cpoptions' is a global option.
 " setlocal cpo+=M		" makes \%( match \)
+"
+" vim: sw=2 et
@@ -10,7 +10,16 @@ VIMRUNTIME = ..
 # If a test succeeds a testdir/*.out file will be written.
 # If a test fails a testdir/*.fail file will be written.
 test:
-	VIMRUNTIME=$(VIMRUNTIME) $(VIMPROG) --clean --not-a-term -u testdir/runtest.vim
+	VIMRUNTIME=$(VIMRUNTIME) $(VIMPROG) --clean --not-a-term -u testdir/runtest.vim || \
+		{ \
+			retval=$$?; \
+			for fail in testdir/*.fail; do \
+				[ -f "$$fail" ] || continue; \
+				echo "$$fail:"; \
+				cat "$$fail"; \
+			done; \
+			exit $$retval; \
+		}
 	@echo "INDENT TESTS: DONE"


@@ -0,0 +1,14 @@
+" Vim indent file
+" Language:	m17n database
+" Maintainer:	David Mandelberg <david@mandelberg.org>
+" Last Change:	2025 Feb 21
+
+if exists("b:did_indent")
+  finish
+endif
+let b:did_indent = 1
+
+setlocal autoindent
+setlocal nosmartindent
+
+let b:undo_indent = "setlocal autoindent< smartindent<"
@@ -7,6 +7,7 @@
 " License:             Vim (see :h license)
 " Repository:          https://github.com/chrisbra/vim-sh-indent
 " Changelog:
+"          20250318  - Detect local arrays in functions
 "          20241411  - Detect dash character in function keyword for
 "                      bash mode (issue #16049)
 "          20190726  - Correctly skip if keywords in syntax comments
@@ -73,6 +74,8 @@ function! s:indent_value(option)
 endfunction

 function! GetShIndent()
+  let mode = mode()
+
  let curline = getline(v:lnum)
  let lnum = prevnonblank(v:lnum - 1)
  if lnum == 0
@@ -86,8 +89,11 @@ function! GetShIndent()

  " Check contents of previous lines
  " should not apply to e.g. commented lines
-  if line =~ '^\s*\%(if\|then\|do\|else\|elif\|case\|while\|until\|for\|select\|foreach\)\>' ||
-        \  (&ft is# 'zsh' && line =~ '^\s*\<\%(if\|then\|do\|else\|elif\|case\|while\|until\|for\|select\|foreach\)\>')
+
+  if s:start_block(line)
+    let ind += s:indent_value('default')
+  elseif line =~ '^\s*\%(if\|then\|do\|else\|elif\|case\|while\|until\|for\|select\|foreach\)\>\($\|\s\)' ||
+        \  (&ft is# 'zsh' && line =~ '^\s*\<\%(if\|then\|do\|else\|elif\|case\|while\|until\|for\|select\|foreach\)\>\($\|\s\)')
    if !s:is_end_expression(line)
      let ind += s:indent_value('default')
    endif
@@ -111,7 +117,7 @@ function! GetShIndent()
      let ind += s:indent_value('continuation-line')
    endif
  elseif s:end_block(line) && !s:start_block(line)
-    let ind = indent(lnum)
+    let ind -= s:indent_value('default')
  elseif pnum != 0 &&
        \ s:is_continuation_line(pline) &&
        \ !s:end_block(curline) &&
@@ -122,7 +128,7 @@ function! GetShIndent()
    while !s:is_empty(getline(i)) && i > pnum
      let i -= 1
    endw
-    if i == pnum
+    if i == pnum && (s:is_continuation_line(line) || pline =~ '{\s*\(#.*\)\=$')
      let ind += ind2
    else
      let ind = ind2
@@ -136,7 +142,11 @@ function! GetShIndent()
  " TODO: should we do the same for other "end" lines?
  if curline =~ '^\s*\%(fi\);\?\s*\%(#.*\)\=$'
    let ind = indent(v:lnum)
-    let previous_line = searchpair('\<if\>', '', '\<fi\>\zs', 'bnW', 'synIDattr(synID(line("."),col("."), 1),"name") =~? "comment\\|quote"')
+    " in insert mode, try to place the cursor after the fi statement
+    let endp = '\<fi\>' .. (mode ==? 'i' ? '\zs' : '')
+    let startp = '^\s*\<if\>'
+    let previous_line = searchpair(startp, '', endp , 'bnW', 
+          \ 'synIDattr(synID(line("."),col("."), 1),"name") =~? "comment\\|quote\\|option"')
    if previous_line > 0
      let ind = indent(previous_line)
    endif
@@ -167,7 +177,13 @@ function! GetShIndent()
  elseif match(map(synstack(v:lnum, 1), 'synIDattr(v:val, "name")'), '\c\mheredoc') > -1
    return indent(v:lnum)
  elseif s:is_comment(line) && s:is_empty(getline(v:lnum-1))
-    return indent(v:lnum)
+    if s:is_in_block(v:lnum)
+      " return indent of line in same block
+      return indent(lnum)
+    else
+      " use indent of current line
+      return indent(v:lnum)
+    endif
  endif

  return ind > 0 ? ind : 0
@@ -203,7 +219,18 @@ function! s:is_function_definition(line)
 endfunction

 function! s:is_array(line)
-  return a:line =~ '^\s*\<\k\+\>=('
+  return a:line =~ '^\s*\(\(declare\|typeset\|local\)\s\+\(-[Aalrtu]\+\s\+\)\?\)\?\<\k\+\>=('
+endfunction
+
+function! s:is_in_block(line)
+  " checks whether a:line is whithin a 
+  " block e.g. a shell function
+  " foo() {
+  " ..
+  " }
+  let prevline = searchpair('{', '', '}', 'bnW', 'synIDattr(synID(line("."),col("."), 1),"name") =~? "comment\\|quote"')
+  let nextline = searchpair('{', '', '}', 'nW', 'synIDattr(synID(line("."),col("."), 1),"name") =~? "comment\\|quote"')
+  return a:line > prevline && a:line < nextline
 endfunction

 function! s:is_case_label(line, pnum)
@@ -280,15 +307,7 @@ function! s:end_block(line)
 endfunction

 function! s:start_block(line)
-  return a:line =~ '{\s*\(#.*\)\?$'
-endfunction
-
-function! s:find_start_block(lnum)
-  let i = a:lnum
-  while i > 1 && !s:start_block(getline(i))
-    let i -= 1
-  endwhile
-  return i
+  return a:line =~ '^[^#]*[{(]\s*\(#.*\)\?$'
 endfunction

 function! s:is_comment(line)
@@ -300,7 +319,11 @@ function! s:is_end_expression(line)
 endfunction

 function! s:is_bash()
-  return get(g:, 'is_bash', 0) || get(b:, 'is_bash', 0)
+  if &ft is# 'bash' || getline(1) is# '#!/bin/bash'
+    return v:true
+  else
+    return get(g:, 'is_bash', 0) || get(b:, 'is_bash', 0)
+  endif
 endfunction

 let &cpo = s:cpo_save
@@ -0,0 +1,6 @@
+" Vim indent file
+" Language:	SPA JSON
+" Maintainer:	David Mandelberg <david@mandelberg.org>
+" Last Change:	2025 Mar 22
+
+runtime! indent/json.vim
@@ -4,6 +4,7 @@

 " Maintainer:   Artem Chuprina <ran@ran.pp.ru>
 " Last Changed: 2001 Jun 23
+" 2025 Mar 17 by The Vim Project (added /, #16912)

 " All characters are given literally, conversion to another encoding (e.g.,
 " UTF-8) should work.
@@ -85,3 +86,4 @@ $	;
 &	?
 /	.
 ?	,
+\|	/
@@ -1,8 +1,6 @@
 " Menu Translations:	Italian / Italiano
 " Maintainer:		Antonio Colombo <azc100@gmail.com>
-"			Vlad Sandrini <vlad.gently@gmail.com>
-"			Luciano Montanaro <mikelima@cirulla.net>
-" Last Change:	2023 Aug 22
+" Last Change:	2025 Mar 13
 " Original translations

 " Quit when menu translations have already been done.
@@ -10,7 +8,7 @@ if exists("did_menu_trans")
  finish
 endif
 let did_menu_trans = 1
-let s:keepcpo= &cpo
+let s:cpo_save= &cpo
 set cpo&vim

 scriptencoding iso-8859-1
@@ -24,7 +22,7 @@ menut &How-To\ Links	Co&Me\.\.\.
 menut &Find\.\.\.	&Cerca\.\.\.
 menut &Credits		Cr&Editi
 menut Co&pying		C&Opie
-menut &Sponsor/Register &Sponsor/Registrazione
+menut &Sponsor/Register	&Sponsor/Registrazione
 menut O&rphans		O&Rfani
 menut &Version		&Versione
 menut &About		&Intro
@@ -41,7 +39,7 @@ menut &New<Tab>:enew			&Nuovo<Tab>:enew
 menut &Close<Tab>:close			&Chiudi<Tab>:close
 menut &Save<Tab>:w			&Salva<Tab>:w
 menut Save\ &As\.\.\.<Tab>:sav		Salva\ &Con\ nome\.\.\.<Tab>:sav
-menut Split\ &Diff\ with\.\.\.		&Differenza\ con\.\.\.
+menut Split\ &Diff\ With\.\.\.		&Differenza\ con\.\.\.
 menut Split\ Patched\ &By\.\.\.		Patc&H\ da\.\.\.
 menut &Print				S&tampa
 menut Sa&ve-Exit<Tab>:wqa		Sa&Lva\ ed\ esci<Tab>:wqa
@@ -59,12 +57,12 @@ menut &Paste<Tab>"+gP			&Incolla<Tab>"+gP
 menut Put\ &Before<Tab>[p		&Metti\ davanti<Tab>[p
 menut Put\ &After<Tab>]p		M&Etti\ dietro<Tab>]p
 menut &Delete<Tab>x			Cance&Lla<Tab>x
-menut &Select\ all<Tab>ggVG		Seleziona\ &Tutto<Tab>ggVG
+menut &Select\ All<Tab>ggVG		Seleziona\ &Tutto<Tab>ggVG
 menut &Find\.\.\.			&Cerca\.\.\.
-menut &Find\.\.\.<Tab>/			&Cerca\.\.\.<Tab>/
+menut &Find<Tab>/			&Cerca<Tab>/
 menut Find\ and\ Rep&lace\.\.\.		&Sostituisci\.\.\.
-menut Find\ and\ Rep&lace\.\.\.<Tab>:%s	&Sostituisci\.\.\.<Tab>:%s
-menut Find\ and\ Rep&lace\.\.\.<Tab>:s	&Sostituisci\.\.\.<Tab>:s
+menut Find\ and\ Rep&lace<Tab>:%s	&Sostituisci<Tab>:%s
+menut Find\ and\ Rep&lace<Tab>:s	&Sostituisci<Tab>:s
 menut Settings\ &Window			&Finestra\ Impostazioni
 menut Startup\ &Settings		Impostazioni\ di\ &Avvio
 menut &Global\ Settings			Impostazioni\ &Globali
@@ -75,12 +73,20 @@ menut Toggle\ Pattern\ &Highlight<Tab>:set\ hls!	&Evidenzia\ ricerche\ S
 menut Toggle\ &Ignoring\ Case<Tab>:set\ ic!		&Ignora\ maiusc\.-minusc\.\ Sì/No<Tab>:set\ ic!
 menut Toggle\ &Showing\ Matched\ Pairs<Tab>:set\ sm!			Indica\ &Corrispondenze\ Sì/No<Tab>:set\ sm!

-menut &Context\ lines		&Linee\ di\ contesto
+menut &Context\ Lines			&Linee\ di\ contesto
+"menut &Context\ Lines.\ 1\		&Linee\ di\ contesto.\ 1\
+"menut &Context\ Lines.\ 2\		&Linee\ di\ contesto.\ 2\
+"menut &Context\ Lines.\ 3\		&Linee\ di\ contesto.\ 3\
+"menut &Context\ Lines.\ 4\		&Linee\ di\ contesto.\ 4\
+"menut &Context\ Lines.\ 5\		&Linee\ di\ contesto.\ 5\
+"menut &Context\ Lines.\ 7\		&Linee\ di\ contesto.\ 7\
+"menut &Context\ Lines.\ 10\		&Linee\ di\ contesto.\ 10\
+"menut &Context\ Lines.\ 100\		&Linee\ di\ contesto.\ 100\

 menut &Virtual\ Edit		&Edit\ virtuale
 menut Never			Mai
 menut Block\ Selection		Seleziona\ Blocco
-menut Insert\ mode		Modo\ Insert
+menut Insert\ Mode		Modo\ Insert
 menut Block\ and\ Insert	Selezione\ Blocco\ e\ Inserimento
 menut Always			Sempre

@@ -109,22 +115,13 @@ if has("toolbar")
      tmenu ToolBar.Cut			Taglia
      tmenu ToolBar.Copy		Copia
      tmenu ToolBar.Paste		Incolla
-      tmenu ToolBar.Find		Trova...
      tmenu ToolBar.FindNext		Trova seguente
      tmenu ToolBar.FindPrev		Trova precedente
      tmenu ToolBar.Replace		Sostituisci
-      if 0	" disabled; These are in the Windows menu
-         tmenu ToolBar.New		Nuovo
-         tmenu ToolBar.WinSplit		Dividi
-         tmenu ToolBar.WinMax		Massimizza
-         tmenu ToolBar.WinMin		Minimizza
-         tmenu ToolBar.WinClose		Chiudi
-      endif
      tmenu ToolBar.LoadSesn		Carica sessione
      tmenu ToolBar.SaveSesn		Salva sessione
      tmenu ToolBar.RunScript		Esegui script
      tmenu ToolBar.Make		Esegui make
-      tmenu ToolBar.Shell		Esegui shell
      tmenu ToolBar.RunCtags		Esegui ctags
      tmenu ToolBar.TagJump		Salta alla tag
      tmenu ToolBar.Help		Aiuto
@@ -143,24 +140,23 @@ menut Toggle\ Line\ &Numbering<Tab>:set\ nu!		&Numerazione\ S
 menut Toggle\ Relati&ve\ Line\ Numbering<Tab>:set\ rnu!	Numerazione\ relati&Va\ Sì/No<Tab>:set\ rnu!
 menut Toggle\ &List\ Mode<Tab>:set\ list!		Modo\ &List\ Sì/No<Tab>:set\ list!
 menut Toggle\ Line\ &Wrapping<Tab>:set\ wrap!		Linee\ &Continuate\ Sì/No<Tab>:set\ wrap!
-menut Toggle\ W&rapping\ at\ word<Tab>:set\ lbr!	A\ capo\ alla\ &Parola\ Sì/No<Tab>:set\ lbr!
-menut Toggle\ Tab\ &expanding<Tab>:set\ et!		&Espandi\ Tabulazione\ Sì/No<Tab>:set\ et!
+menut Toggle\ W&rapping\ at\ Word<Tab>:set\ lbr!	A\ capo\ alla\ &Parola\ Sì/No<Tab>:set\ lbr!
+menut Toggle\ Tab\ &Expanding<Tab>:set\ et!		&Espandi\ Tabulazione\ Sì/No<Tab>:set\ et!
 menut Toggle\ &Auto\ Indenting<Tab>:set\ ai!		Indentazione\ &Automatica\ Sì/No<Tab>:set\ ai!
 menut Toggle\ &C-Style\ Indenting<Tab>:set\ cin!	Indentazione\ stile\ &C\ Sì/No<Tab>:set\ cin!
 menut &Shiftwidth					&Spazi\ rientranza
-"menut &Shiftwidth.2<Tab>:set\ sw=2\ sw?<CR>		&Spazi\ rientranza.2<Tab>:set\ sw=2\ sw?<CR>
-"menut &Shiftwidth.3<Tab>:set\ sw=3\ sw?<CR>		&Spazi\ rientranza.3<Tab>:set\ sw=3\ sw?<CR>
-"menut &Shiftwidth.4<Tab>:set\ sw=4\ sw?<CR>		&Spazi\ rientranza.4<Tab>:set\ sw=4\ sw?<CR>
-"menut &Shiftwidth.5<Tab>:set\ sw=5\ sw?<CR>		&Spazi\ rientranza.5<Tab>:set\ sw=5\ sw?<CR>
-"menut &Shiftwidth.6<Tab>:set\ sw=6\ sw?<CR>		&Spazi\ rientranza.6<Tab>:set\ sw=6\ sw?<CR>
-"menut &Shiftwidth.8<Tab>:set\ sw=8\ sw?<CR>		&Spazi\ rientranza.8<Tab>:set\ sw=8\ sw?<CR>
+"menut &Shiftwidth.3					&Spazi\ rientranza.3
+"menut &Shiftwidth.4					&Spazi\ rientranza.4
+"menut &Shiftwidth.5					&Spazi\ rientranza.5
+"menut &Shiftwidth.6					&Spazi\ rientranza.6
+"menut &Shiftwidth.8					&Spazi\ rientranza.8
 menut Soft\ &Tabstop					&Tabulazione\ software
-"menut Soft\ &Tabstop.2<Tab>:set\ sts=2\ sts?		&Tabulazione\ software.2<Tab>:set\ sts=2\ sts?
-"menut Soft\ &Tabstop.3<Tab>:set\ sts=3\ sts?		&Tabulazione\ software.3<Tab>:set\ sts=3\ sts?
-"menut Soft\ &Tabstop.4<Tab>:set\ sts=4\ sts?		&Tabulazione\ software.4<Tab>:set\ sts=4\ sts?
-"menut Soft\ &Tabstop.5<Tab>:set\ sts=5\ sts?		&Tabulazione\ software.5<Tab>:set\ sts=5\ sts?
-"menut Soft\ &Tabstop.6<Tab>:set\ sts=6\ sts?		&Tabulazione\ software.6<Tab>:set\ sts=6\ sts?
-"menut Soft\ &Tabstop.8<Tab>:set\ sts=8\ sts?		&Tabulazione\ software.8<Tab>:set\ sts=8\ sts?
+"menut Soft\ &Tabstop.2					&Tabulazione\ software.2
+"menut Soft\ &Tabstop.3					&Tabulazione\ software.3
+"menut Soft\ &Tabstop.4					&Tabulazione\ software.4
+"menut Soft\ &Tabstop.5					&Tabulazione\ software.5
+"menut Soft\ &Tabstop.6					&Tabulazione\ software.6
+"menut Soft\ &Tabstop.8					&Tabulazione\ software.8
 menut Te&xt\ Width\.\.\.				Lunghe&Zza\ riga\.\.\.
 menut &File\ Format\.\.\.				Formato\ &File\.\.\.

@@ -173,37 +169,61 @@ menut C&olor\ Scheme		Schema\ c&Olori

 menut blue		blù
 menut darkblue		blù\ scuro
+menut default		predefinito
+menut delek		delek
 menut desert		deserto
 menut elflord		signore\ degli\ elfi
 menut evening		sera
+menut habamax		habamax
 menut industry		industria
+menut koehler		koehler
+menut lunaperche	luna\ perché
 menut morning		mattino
+menut murphy		murphy
+menut pablo		pablo
 menut peachpuff		pesca
 menut quiet		quieto
+menut retrobox		retrobox
+menut ron		ron
 menut shine		brillante
 menut sorbet		sorbetto
 menut slate		ardesia
 menut torte		torta
+menut unokai		unokai
 menut wildcharm		fascino\ selvaggio
+menut zaibatsu		zaibatsu
+menut zellner		zellner
 menut BLUE		BLÙ
 menut DARKBLUE		BLÙ\ SCURO
+menut DEFAULT		DEFAULT
+menut DELEK		DELEK
 menut DESERT		DESERTO
 menut ELFLORD		SIGNORE\ DEGLI\ ELFI
 menut EVENING		SERA
+menut HABAMAX		HABAMAX
 menut INDUSTRY		INDUSTRIA
+menut KOEHLER		KOEHLER
+menut LUNAPERCHE	LUNA\ PERCHÉ
 menut MORNING		MATTINO
+menut MURPHY		MURPHY
+menut PABLO		PABLO
 menut PEACHPUFF		PESCA
 menut QUIET		QUIETO
+menut RETROBOX		RETROBOX
+menut RON		RON
 menut SHINE		BRILLANTE
 menut SORBET		SORBETTO
 menut SLATE		ARDESIA
 menut TORTE		TORTA
+menut UNOKAI		UNOKAI
 menut WILDCHARM		FASCINO\ SELVAGGIO
+menut ZAIBATSU		ZAIBATSU
+menut ZELLNER		ZELLNER

 menut Show\ &Keymaps\ in\ Menu	Mostra\ Ma&ppe\ tastiera\ in\ Menù
 menut &Keymap			Ma&ppa\ tastiera

-menut None			nessuna
+menut None			Nessuna
 menut accents			accenti
 menut arabic			arabo
 menut armenian-eastern		armeno-orientale
@@ -217,10 +237,11 @@ menut czech			ceco
 menut dvorak			tastiera-dvorak
 menut esperanto			esperanto
 menut french-azerty		francese-azerty
+menut georgian-qwerty		georgiano-qwerty
 menut german-qwertz		tedesco-qwertz
 menut greek			greco
 menut hebrew			ebraico
-menut hebrewp			ebraicop
+menut hebrewp			ebraico-fonetico
 menut kana			kana
 menut kazakh-jcuken		kazako-jcuken
 menut korean			coreano
@@ -251,8 +272,9 @@ menut thaana			thaana
 menut thaana-phonetic		thaana-fonetico
 menut turkish-f			turco-f
 menut turkish-q			turco-q
-menut ukrainian-dvorak		ukraino-dvorak
-menut ukrainian-jcuken		ukraino-jcuken
+menut ukrainian-dvorak		ucraino-dvorak
+menut ukrainian-jcuken		ucraino-jcuken
+menut ukrainian-enhanced	ucraino-migliorato
 menut vietnamese-telex		vietnamita-telex
 menut vietnamese-viqr		vietnamita-viqr
 menut vietnamese-vni		vietnamita-vni
@@ -269,10 +291,11 @@ menut CZECH			CECO
 menut DVORAK			TASTIERA-DVORAK
 menut ESPERANTO			ESPERANTO
 menut FRENCH-AZERTY		FRANCESE-AZERTY
+menut GEORGIAN-QWERTY		GEORGIANO-QWERTY
 menut GERMAN-QWERTZ		TEDESCO-QWERTZ
 menut GREEK			GRECO
 menut HEBREW			EBRAICO
-menut HEBREWP			EBRAICOP
+menut HEBREWP			EBRAICO-FONETICO
 menut KANA			KANA
 menut KAZAKH-JCUKEN		KAZAKO-JCUKEN
 menut KOREAN			COREANO
@@ -303,8 +326,9 @@ menut THAANA			THAANA
 menut THAANA-PHONETIC		THAANA-FONETICO
 menut TURKISH-F			TURCO-F
 menut TURKISH-Q			TURCO-Q
-menut UKRAINIAN-DVORAK		UKRAINO-DVORAK
-menut UKRAINIAN-JCUKEN		UKRAINO-JCUKEN
+menut UKRAINIAN-DVORAK		UCRAINO-DVORAK
+menut UKRAINIAN-JCUKEN		UCRAINO-JCUKEN
+menut UKRAINIAN-ENHANCED	UCRAINO-MIGLIORATO
 menut VIETNAMESE-TELEX		VIETNAMITA-TELEX
 menut VIETNAMESE-VIQR		VIETNAMITA-VIQR
 menut VIETNAMESE-VNI		VIETNAMITA-VNI
@@ -314,37 +338,36 @@ menut Select\ Fo&nt\.\.\.		Scegli\ &Font\.\.\.
 " Menù strumenti programmazione
 menut &Tools				&Strumenti

-menut &Jump\ to\ this\ tag<Tab>g^]	&Vai\ a\ questa\ tag<Tab>g^]
-menut Jump\ &back<Tab>^T		Torna\ &Indietro<Tab>^T
+menut &Jump\ to\ This\ Tag<Tab>g^]	&Vai\ a\ questa\ tag<Tab>g^]
+menut Jump\ &Back<Tab>^T		Torna\ &Indietro<Tab>^T
 menut Build\ &Tags\ File		Costruisci\ file\ &Tag\
 " Menù ortografia / Spelling
 menut &Spelling			&Ortografia

 menut &Spell\ Check\ On			Attiva\ &Controllo\ ortografico
 menut Spell\ Check\ &Off		&Disattiva\ controllo\ ortografico
-menut To\ &Next\ error<Tab>]s		Errore\ &Seguente<tab>]s
-menut To\ &Previous\ error<Tab>[s	Errore\ &Precedente<tab>[s
+menut To\ &Next\ Error<Tab>]s		Errore\ &Seguente<Tab>]s
+menut To\ &Previous\ Error<Tab>[s	Errore\ &Precedente<Tab>[s
 menut Suggest\ &Corrections<Tab>z=	&Suggerimenti<Tab>z=
-menut &Repeat\ correction<Tab>:spellrepall	&Ripeti\ correzione<Tab>:spellrepall
-menut Set\ language\ to			Imposta\ lingua\ a
-menut Set\ language\ to\ "en"		Imposta\ lingua\ a\ "en"
-menut Set\ language\ to\ "en_au"	Imposta\ lingua\ a\ "en_au"
-menut Set\ language\ to\ "en_ca"	Imposta\ lingua\ a\ "en_ca"
-menut Set\ language\ to\ "en_gb"	Imposta\ lingua\ a\ "en_gb"
-menut Set\ language\ to\ "en_nz"	Imposta\ lingua\ a\ "en_nz"
-menut Set\ language\ to\ "en_us"	Imposta\ lingua\ a\ "en_us"
+menut &Repeat\ Correction<Tab>:spellrepall	&Ripeti\ correzione<Tab>:spellrepall
+menut Set\ Language\ to\ "en"		Imposta\ lingua\ a\ "en"
+menut Set\ Language\ to\ "en_au"	Imposta\ lingua\ a\ "en_au"
+menut Set\ Language\ to\ "en_ca"	Imposta\ lingua\ a\ "en_ca"
+menut Set\ Language\ to\ "en_gb"	Imposta\ lingua\ a\ "en_gb"
+menut Set\ Language\ to\ "en_nz"	Imposta\ lingua\ a\ "en_nz"
+menut Set\ Language\ to\ "en_us"	Imposta\ lingua\ a\ "en_us"
 menut &Find\ More\ Languages		&Trova\ altre\ lingue

 " Menù piegature / Fold
 menut &Folding					&Piegature
 " apri e chiudi piegature
-menut &Enable/Disable\ folds<Tab>zi		Pi&egature\ Sì/No<Tab>zi
+menut &Enable/Disable\ Folds<Tab>zi		Pi&egature\ Sì/No<Tab>zi
 menut &View\ Cursor\ Line<Tab>zv		&Vedi\ linea\ col\ Cursore<Tab>zv
-menut Vie&w\ Cursor\ Line\ only<Tab>zMzx	Vedi\ &Solo\ linea\ col\ Cursore<Tab>zMzx
-menut C&lose\ More\ folds<Tab>zm		C&Hiudi\ più\ piegature<Tab>zm
-menut &Close\ All\ folds<Tab>zM			&Chiudi\ tutte\ le\ piegature<Tab>zM
-menut O&pen\ More\ folds<Tab>zr			A&Pri\ più\ piegature<Tab>zr
-menut &Open\ All\ folds<Tab>zR			&Apri\ tutte\ le\ piegature<Tab>zR
+menut Vie&w\ Cursor\ Line\ Only<Tab>zMzx	Vedi\ &Solo\ linea\ col\ Cursore<Tab>zMzx
+menut C&lose\ More\ Folds<Tab>zm		C&Hiudi\ più\ piegature<Tab>zm
+menut &Close\ All\ Folds<Tab>zM			&Chiudi\ tutte\ le\ piegature<Tab>zM
+menut O&pen\ More\ Folds<Tab>zr			A&Pri\ più\ piegature<Tab>zr
+menut &Open\ All\ Folds<Tab>zR			&Apri\ tutte\ le\ piegature<Tab>zR
 " metodo piegatura
 menut Fold\ Met&hod				Meto&Do\ piegatura
 menut M&anual					&Manuale
@@ -359,7 +382,15 @@ menut Create\ &Fold<Tab>zf			Crea\ &Piegatura<Tab>zf
 menut &Delete\ Fold<Tab>zd			&Togli\ piegatura<Tab>zd
 menut Delete\ &All\ Folds<Tab>zD		Togli\ &Tutte\ le\ piegature<Tab>zD
 " movimenti all'interno delle piegature
-menut Fold\ col&umn\ width			Larghezza\ piegat&Ure\ in\ colonne
+menut Fold\ Col&umn\ Width			Larghezza\ piegat&Ure\ in\ colonne
+"menut Fold\ Col&umn\ Width.\ &0\		Larghezza\ piegat&Ure\ in\ colonne.\ &0\
+"menut Fold\ Col&umn\ Width.\ &2\		Larghezza\ piegat&Ure\ in\ colonne.\ &2\
+"menut Fold\ Col&umn\ Width.\ &3\		Larghezza\ piegat&Ure\ in\ colonne.\ &3\
+"menut Fold\ Col&umn\ Width.\ &4\		Larghezza\ piegat&Ure\ in\ colonne.\ &4\
+"menut Fold\ Col&umn\ Width.\ &5\		Larghezza\ piegat&Ure\ in\ colonne.\ &5\
+"menut Fold\ Col&umn\ Width.\ &6\		Larghezza\ piegat&Ure\ in\ colonne.\ &6\
+"menut Fold\ Col&umn\ Width.\ &7\		Larghezza\ piegat&Ure\ in\ colonne.\ &7\
+"menut Fold\ Col&umn\ Width.\ &8\		Larghezza\ piegat&Ure\ in\ colonne.\ &8\

 menut &Diff					&Differenza
 "
@@ -383,9 +414,9 @@ menut &Open<Tab>:copen		&Apri<Tab>:copen
 menut &Close<Tab>:cclose	&Chiudi<Tab>:cclose

 menut &Convert\ to\ HEX<Tab>:%!xxd	&Converti\ a\ esadecimale<Tab>:%!xxd
-menut Conve&rt\ back<Tab>:%!xxd\ -r	Conve&rti\ da\ esadecimale<Tab>:%!xxd\ -r
+menut Conve&rt\ Back<Tab>:%!xxd\ -r	Conve&rti\ da\ esadecimale<Tab>:%!xxd\ -r

-menut Se&T\ Compiler		Impo&Sta\ Compilatore
+menut Se&t\ Compiler		Impo&Sta\ Compilatore
 menut Show\ Compiler\ Se&ttings\ in\ Menu	Mostra\ Impos&Tazioni\ Compilatore\ nel\ Menù

 " Buffers / Buffer
@@ -396,20 +427,20 @@ menut &Delete			&Elimina
 menut &Alternate		&Alternato
 menut &Next			&Successivo
 menut &Previous			&Precedente
-menut [No\ File]		[Nessun\ File]
+"menut [No\ File]		[Nessun\ File]

 " Syntax / Sintassi
 menut &Syntax				&Sintassi

-menut &Show\ File\ Types\ in\ menu	Mo&Stra\ tipi\ di\ file\ nel\ menù
-menut Set\ '&syntax'\ only		&S\ Attiva\ solo\ \ 'syntax'
-menut Set\ '&filetype'\ too		&F\ Attiva\ anche\ 'filetype'
+menut &Show\ File\ Types\ in\ Menu	Mo&Stra\ tipi\ di\ file\ nel\ menù
+menut Set\ '&syntax'\ Only		&S\ Attiva\ solo\ \ 'syntax'
+menut Set\ '&filetype'\ Too		&F\ Attiva\ anche\ 'filetype'
 menut &Off				&Disattiva
 menut &Manual				&Manuale
 menut A&utomatic			A&Utomatico
-menut on/off\ for\ &This\ file		Attiva\ Sì/No\ su\ ques&To\ file
-menut Co&lor\ test			Test\ &Colori
-menut &Highlight\ test			Test\ &Evidenziamento
+menut On/Off\ for\ &This\ File		Attiva\ Sì/No\ su\ ques&To\ file
+menut Co&lor\ Test			Test\ &Colori
+menut &Highlight\ Test			Test\ &Evidenziamento
 menut &Convert\ to\ HTML		Converti\ ad\ &HTML

 let g:menutrans_set_lang_to = "Cambia linguaggio a"
@@ -432,15 +463,15 @@ menut Move\ &To				&Muovi\ verso

 menut &Top<Tab>^WK			&Cima<Tab>^WK
 menut &Bottom<Tab>^WJ			&Fondo<Tab>^WJ
-menut &Left\ side<Tab>^WH		Lato\ &Sinistro<Tab>^WH
-menut &Right\ side<Tab>^WL		Lato\ &Destro<Tab>^WL
+menut &Left\ Side<Tab>^WH		Lato\ &Sinistro<Tab>^WH
+menut &Right\ Side<Tab>^WL		Lato\ &Destro<Tab>^WL
 menut Rotate\ &Up<Tab>^WR		Ruota\ verso\ l'&Alto<Tab>^WR
 menut Rotate\ &Down<Tab>^Wr		Ruota\ verso\ il\ &Basso<Tab>^Wr
 menut &Equal\ Size<Tab>^W=		&Uguale\ ampiezza<Tab>^W=
 menut &Max\ Height<Tab>^W_		A&Ltezza\ massima<Tab>^W_
 menut M&in\ Height<Tab>^W1_		Al&Tezza\ minima<Tab>^W1_
 menut Max\ &Width<Tab>^W\|		Lar&Ghezza\ massima<Tab>^W\|
-menut Min\ Widt&h<Tab>^W1\|		Larg&hhezza\ minima<Tab>^W1\|
+menut Min\ Widt&h<Tab>^W1\|		Larg&Hezza\ minima<Tab>^W1\|

 " The popup menu
 menut &Undo		&Annulla
@@ -457,43 +488,43 @@ menut Select\ &Sentence		Seleziona\ &Frase
 menut Select\ Pa&ragraph	Seleziona\ Para&Grafo

 " The GUI Toolbar / Barra Strumenti
-menut Open		Apri
-menut Save		Salva
-menut SaveAll		Salva\ Tutto
-menut Print		Stampa
-menut Undo		Annulla
-menut Redo		Ripristina
-menut Cut		Taglia
-menut Copy		Copia
-menut Paste		Incolla
+"menut Open		Apri
+"menut Save		Salva
+"menut SaveAll		Salva\ Tutto
+"menut Print		Stampa
+"menut Undo		Annulla
+"menut Redo		Ripristina
+"menut Cut		Taglia
+"menut Copy		Copia
+"menut Paste		Incolla
 " -sep3-
-menut Find	Cerca
-menut FindNext	Cerca\ Successivo
-menut FindPrev	Cerca\ Precedente
-menut Replace	Sostituisci
+"menut Find	Cerca
+"menut FindNext	Cerca\ Successivo
+"menut FindPrev	Cerca\ Precedente
+"menut Replace	Sostituisci
 " -sep4-
-menut New		Nuova\ finestra
-menut WinSplit		Dividi\ finestra
-menut WinMax		Massima\ ampiezza
-menut WinMin		Minima\ ampiezza
-menut WinVSplit		Dividi\ verticalmente
-menut WinMaxWidth	Massima\ larghezza
-menut WinMinWidth	Minima\ larghezza
-menut WinClose		Chiudi\ finestra
-menut LoadSesn		Carica\ Sessione
-menut SaveSesn		Salva\ Sessione
-menut RunScript		Esegui\ Script
-menut Make		Make
-menut Shell		Shell
-menut RunCtags		Esegui\ Ctags
-menut TagJump		Vai\ a\ Tag
-menut Help		Aiuto
-menut FindHelp		Cerca\ in\ Aiuto
+"menut New		Nuova\ finestra
+"menut WinSplit		Dividi\ finestra
+"menut WinMax		Massima\ ampiezza
+"menut WinMin		Minima\ ampiezza
+"menut WinVSplit		Dividi\ verticalmente
+"menut WinMaxWidth	Massima\ larghezza
+"menut WinMinWidth	Minima\ larghezza
+"menut WinClose		Chiudi\ finestra
+"menut LoadSesn		Carica\ Sessione
+"menut SaveSesn		Salva\ Sessione
+"menut RunScript		Esegui\ Script
+"menut Make		Make
+"menut Shell		Shell
+"menut RunCtags		Esegui\ Ctags
+"menut TagJump		Vai\ a\ Tag
+"menut Help		Aiuto
+"menut FindHelp		Cerca\ in\ Aiuto

 so $VIMRUNTIME/lang/macvim_menu/menu_it_it.latin1.apple.vim
 so $VIMRUNTIME/lang/macvim_menu/menu_it_it.latin1.custom.vim

-let &cpo = s:keepcpo
-unlet s:keepcpo
+let &cpo = s:cpo_save
+unlet s:cpo_save

 " vim: set sw=2 :
@@ -2,7 +2,7 @@ vim9script

 # Script to define the syntax menu in synmenu.vim
 # Maintainer:	The Vim Project <https://github.com/vim/vim>
-# Last Change:	2023 Aug 10
+# Last Change:	2025 Mar 09
 # Former Maintainer:	Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>

 # This is used by "make menu" in the src directory.
@@ -605,6 +605,7 @@ SynMenu T.TealInfo:tli
 SynMenu T.Telix\ Salt:tsalt
 SynMenu T.Termcap/Printcap:ptcap
 SynMenu T.Terminfo:terminfo
+SynMenu T.Tera:tera
 SynMenu T.Tera\ Term:teraterm
 SynMenu T.TeX.TeX/LaTeX:tex
 SynMenu T.TeX.plain\ TeX:plaintex
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 " These commands create the option window.
 "
 " Maintainer:	The Vim Project <https://github.com/vim/vim>
-" Last Change:	2025 Feb 08
+" Last Change:	2025 Mar 27
 " Former Maintainer:	Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>

 " If there already is an option window, jump to that one.
@@ -867,6 +867,8 @@ endif
 if has("insert_expand")
  call <SID>AddOption("complete", gettext("specifies how Insert mode completion works for CTRL-N and CTRL-P"))
  call append("$", "\t" .. s:local_to_buffer)
+  call <SID>OptionL("cfc")
+  call <SID>AddOption("completefuzzycollect", gettext("use fuzzy collection for specific completion modes"))
  call <SID>OptionL("cpt")
  call <SID>AddOption("completeopt", gettext("whether to use a popup menu for Insert mode completion"))
  call <SID>OptionL("cot")
@@ -880,6 +882,8 @@ if has("insert_expand")
  call <SID>OptionG("ph", &ph)
  call <SID>AddOption("pumwidth", gettext("minimum width of the popup menu"))
  call <SID>OptionG("pw", &pw)
+  call <SID>AddOption("pumaxmwidth", gettext("maximum width of the popup menu"))
+  call <SID>OptionG("pmw", &pmw)
  call <SID>AddOption("completefunc", gettext("user defined function for Insert mode completion"))
  call append("$", "\t" .. s:local_to_buffer)
  call <SID>OptionL("cfu")
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 vim9script

 # Maintainer: Maxim Kim <habamax@gmail.com>
-# Last Update: 2024 Oct 05
+# Last Update: 2025 Mar 21
 #
 # Toggle comments
 # Usage:
@@ -76,3 +76,88 @@ export def Toggle(...args: list<string>): string
    noautocmd keepjumps setline(lnum1, lines)
    return ''
 enddef
+
+
+# Comment text object
+# Usage:
+#     import autoload 'dist/comment.vim'
+#     onoremap <silent>ic <scriptcmd>comment.ObjComment(v:true)<CR>
+#     onoremap <silent>ac <scriptcmd>comment.ObjComment(v:false)<CR>
+#     xnoremap <silent>ic <esc><scriptcmd>comment.ObjComment(v:true)<CR>
+#     xnoremap <silent>ac <esc><scriptcmd>comment.ObjComment(v:false)<CR>
+export def ObjComment(inner: bool)
+    def IsComment(): bool
+        var stx = map(synstack(line('.'), col('.')), 'synIDattr(v:val, "name")')->join()
+        return stx =~? 'Comment'
+    enddef
+
+    # requires syntax support
+    if !exists("g:syntax_on")
+      return
+    endif
+
+    var pos_init = getcurpos()
+
+    # If not in comment, search next one,
+    if !IsComment()
+        if search('\v\k+', 'W', line(".") + 100, 100, () => !IsComment()) <= 0
+            return
+        endif
+    endif
+
+    # Search for the beginning of the comment block
+    if IsComment()
+        if search('\v%(\S+)|$', 'bW', 0, 200, IsComment) > 0
+            search('\v%(\S)|$', 'W', 0, 200, () => !IsComment())
+        else
+            cursor(1, 1)
+            search('\v\S+', 'cW', 0, 200)
+        endif
+    endif
+
+    var pos_start = getcurpos()
+
+    if !inner
+        var col = pos_start[2]
+        var prefix = getline(pos_start[1])[ : col - 2]
+        while col > 0 && prefix[col - 2] =~ '\s'
+            col -= 1
+        endwhile
+        pos_start[2] = col
+    endif
+
+    # Search for the comment end.
+    if pos_init[1] > pos_start[1]
+        cursor(pos_init[1], pos_init[2])
+    endif
+    if search('\v%(\S+)|$', 'W', 0, 200, IsComment) > 0
+        search('\S', 'beW', 0, 200, () => !IsComment())
+    else
+        if search('\%$', 'W', 0, 200) > 0
+            search('\ze\S', 'beW', 0, 200, () => !IsComment())
+        endif
+    endif
+
+    var pos_end = getcurpos()
+
+    if !inner
+        var spaces = matchstr(getline(pos_end[1]), '\%>.c\s*')
+        pos_end[2] += spaces->len()
+        if getline(pos_end[1])[pos_end[2] : ] =~ '^\s*$'
+            && (pos_start[2] == 1 || getline(pos_start[1])[ : pos_start[2]] =~ '^\s*$')
+            if search('\v\s*\_$(\s*\n)+', 'eW', 0, 200) > 0
+                pos_end = getcurpos()
+            endif
+        endif
+    endif
+
+    if (pos_end[2] == (getline(pos_end[1])->len() ?? 1)) && pos_start[2] <= 1
+        cursor(pos_end[1], 1)
+        normal! V
+        cursor(pos_start[1], 1)
+    else
+        cursor(pos_end[1], pos_end[2])
+        normal! v
+        cursor(pos_start[1], pos_start[2])
+    endif
+enddef
@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*comment.txt*   For Vim version 9.1.  Last change:  2024 Oct 01
+*comment.txt*   For Vim version 9.1.  Last change:  2025 Mar 21


 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL
@@ -32,11 +32,20 @@ back to `gcc` otherwise, add the following mapping to your vimrc: >
 Note: using `gC` may not always result in valid comment markers depending on
 the language used.

+Additionally, the plugin defines a comment text-object which requires syntax
+highlighting to be enabled.
+						     *v_ac* *ac*
+ac		"a comment", select current or next comment.
+		Leading and trailing white space is included.
+		Trailing newlines are included too.
+						     *v_ic* *ic*
+ic		"inner comment", select current or next comment.
+
 This plugin uses the buffer-local 'commentstring' option value to add or remove
 comment markers to the selected lines.  Whether it will comment or un-comment
-depends on the first line of the range of lines to act upon.  When it matches
-a comment marker, the line will be un-commented, if it doesn't, the line will
-be commented out.  Blank and empty lines are ignored.
+depends on the range of lines to act upon.  When all of the lines in range
+have comment markers, all lines will be un-commented, if it doesn't, the lines
+will be commented out.  Blank and empty lines are ignored.

 The value of 'commentstring' is the same for the entire buffer and determined
 by its filetype (|filetypes|). To adapt it within the buffer for embedded
@@ -1,6 +1,10 @@
+ac	comment.txt	/*ac*
 b:comment_first_col	comment.txt	/*b:comment_first_col*
 comment.txt	comment.txt	/*comment.txt*
 g:comment_first_col	comment.txt	/*g:comment_first_col*
 gcc	comment.txt	/*gcc*
+ic	comment.txt	/*ic*
 o_gc	comment.txt	/*o_gc*
+v_ac	comment.txt	/*v_ac*
 v_gc	comment.txt	/*v_gc*
+v_ic	comment.txt	/*v_ic*
@@ -1,9 +1,15 @@
 vim9script

 # Maintainer: Maxim Kim <habamax@gmail.com>
-# Last Update: 2024-04-26
+# Last Update: 2025 Mar 21

 import autoload 'comment.vim'
+
 nnoremap <silent> <expr> gc comment.Toggle()
 xnoremap <silent> <expr> gc comment.Toggle()
 nnoremap <silent> <expr> gcc comment.Toggle() .. '_'
+
+onoremap <silent>ic <scriptcmd>comment.ObjComment(v:true)<CR>
+onoremap <silent>ac <scriptcmd>comment.ObjComment(v:false)<CR>
+xnoremap <silent>ic <esc><scriptcmd>comment.ObjComment(v:true)<CR>
+xnoremap <silent>ac <esc><scriptcmd>comment.ObjComment(v:false)<CR>
@@ -0,0 +1,39 @@
+vim9script
+
+# Highlight Yank plugin
+# Last Change: 2025 Mar 22
+
+def HighlightedYank()
+
+  var hlgroup = get(g:, "hlyank_hlgroup", "IncSearch")
+  var duration = min([get(g:, "hlyank_duration", 300), 3000])
+  var in_visual = get(g:, "hlyank_invisual", true)
+
+  if v:event.operator ==? 'y'
+    if !in_visual && visualmode() != null_string
+      visualmode(1)
+      return
+    endif
+    # if clipboard has autoselect (default on linux) exiting from Visual with
+    # ESC generates bogus event and this highlights previous yank
+    if &clipboard =~ 'autoselect' && v:event.regname == "*" && v:event.visual
+      return
+    endif
+    var [beg, end] = [getpos("'["), getpos("']")]
+    var type = v:event.regtype ?? 'v'
+    var pos = getregionpos(beg, end, {type: type, exclusive: false})
+    var m = matchaddpos(hlgroup, pos->mapnew((_, v) => {
+      var col_beg = v[0][2] + v[0][3]
+      var col_end = v[1][2] + v[1][3] + 1
+      return [v[0][1], col_beg, col_end - col_beg]
+    }))
+    var winid = win_getid()
+    timer_start(duration, (_) => m->matchdelete(winid))
+  endif
+enddef
+
+augroup hlyank
+  autocmd!
+  autocmd TextYankPost * HighlightedYank()
+augroup END
+# vim:sts=2:sw=2:et:
@@ -0,0 +1,167 @@
+" FUNCTIONS IN THIS FILE ARE MEANT TO BE USED BY NETRW.VIM AND NETRW.VIM ONLY.
+" THESE FUNCTIONS DON'T COMMIT TO ANY BACKWARDS COMPATIBILITY. SO CHANGES AND
+" BREAKAGES IF USED OUTSIDE OF NETRW.VIM ARE EXPECTED.
+
+let s:slash = !exists('+shellslash') || &shellslash ? '/' : '\'
+
+" netrw#fs#PathJoin: Appends a new part to a path taking different systems into consideration {{{
+
+function! netrw#fs#PathJoin(...)
+    let path = ""
+
+    for arg in a:000
+        if empty(path)
+            let path = arg
+        else
+            let path .= s:slash . arg
+        endif
+    endfor
+
+    return path
+endfunction
+
+" }}}
+" netrw#fs#ComposePath: Appends a new part to a path taking different systems into consideration {{{
+
+function! netrw#fs#ComposePath(base, subdir)
+    if has('amiga')
+        let ec = a:base[s:Strlen(a:base)-1]
+        if ec != '/' && ec != ':'
+            let ret = a:base . '/' . a:subdir
+        else
+            let ret = a:base.a:subdir
+        endif
+
+        " COMBAK: test on windows with changing to root directory: :e C:/
+    elseif a:subdir =~ '^\a:[/\\]\([^/\\]\|$\)' && has('win32')
+        let ret = a:subdir
+
+    elseif a:base =~ '^\a:[/\\]\([^/\\]\|$\)' && has('win32')
+        if a:base =~ '[/\\]$'
+            let ret = a:base . a:subdir
+        else
+            let ret = a:base . '/' . a:subdir
+        endif
+
+    elseif a:base =~ '^\a\{3,}://'
+        let urlbase = substitute(a:base, '^\(\a\+://.\{-}/\)\(.*\)$', '\1', '')
+        let curpath = substitute(a:base, '^\(\a\+://.\{-}/\)\(.*\)$', '\2', '')
+        if a:subdir == '../'
+            if curpath =~ '[^/]/[^/]\+/$'
+                let curpath = substitute(curpath, '[^/]\+/$', '', '')
+            else
+                let curpath = ''
+            endif
+            let ret = urlbase.curpath
+        else
+            let ret = urlbase.curpath.a:subdir
+        endif
+
+    else
+        let ret = substitute(a:base . '/' .a:subdir, '//', '/', 'g')
+        if a:base =~ '^//'
+            " keeping initial '//' for the benefit of network share listing support
+            let ret = '/' . ret
+        endif
+        let ret = simplify(ret)
+    endif
+
+    return ret
+endfunction
+
+" }}}
+" netrw#fs#AbsPath: returns the full path to a directory and/or file {{{
+
+function! netrw#fs#AbsPath(filename)
+    let filename = a:filename
+
+    if filename !~ '^/'
+        let filename = resolve(getcwd() . '/' . filename)
+    endif
+
+    if filename != "/" && filename =~ '/$'
+        let filename = substitute(filename, '/$', '', '')
+    endif
+
+    return filename
+endfunction
+
+" }}}
+" netrw#fs#Cwd: get the current directory. {{{
+"   Change backslashes to forward slashes, if any.
+"   If doesc is true, escape certain troublesome characters
+
+function! netrw#fs#Cwd(doesc)
+    let curdir = substitute(getcwd(), '\\', '/', 'ge')
+
+    if curdir !~ '[\/]$'
+        let curdir .= '/'
+    endif
+
+    if a:doesc
+        let curdir = fnameescape(curdir)
+    endif
+
+    return curdir
+endfunction
+
+" }}}
+" netrw#fs#Glob: does glob() if local, remote listing otherwise {{{
+"     direntry: this is the name of the directory.  Will be fnameescape'd to prevent wildcard handling by glob()
+"     expr    : this is the expression to follow the directory.  Will use netrw#fs#ComposePath()
+"     pare    =1: remove the current directory from the resulting glob() filelist
+"             =0: leave  the current directory   in the resulting glob() filelist
+
+function! netrw#fs#Glob(direntry, expr, pare)
+    if netrw#CheckIfRemote()
+        keepalt 1sp
+        keepalt enew
+        let keep_liststyle = w:netrw_liststyle
+        let w:netrw_liststyle = s:THINLIST
+        if s:NetrwRemoteListing() == 0
+            keepj keepalt %s@/@@
+            let filelist = getline(1,$)
+            q!
+        else
+            " remote listing error -- leave treedict unchanged
+            let filelist = w:netrw_treedict[a:direntry]
+        endif
+        let w:netrw_liststyle = keep_liststyle
+    else
+        let path= netrw#fs#ComposePath(fnameescape(a:direntry), a:expr)
+        if has("win32")
+            " escape [ so it is not detected as wildcard character, see :h wildcard
+            let path = substitute(path, '[', '[[]', 'g')
+        endif
+        let filelist = glob(path, 0, 1, 1)
+        if a:pare
+            let filelist = map(filelist,'substitute(v:val, "^.*/", "", "")')
+        endif
+    endif
+
+    return filelist
+endfunction
+
+" }}}
+" netrw#fs#WinPath: tries to insure that the path is windows-acceptable, whether cygwin is used or not {{{
+
+function! netrw#fs#WinPath(path)
+    if (!g:netrw_cygwin || &shell !~ '\%(\<bash\>\|\<zsh\>\)\%(\.exe\)\=$') && has("win32")
+        " remove cygdrive prefix, if present
+        let path = substitute(a:path, g:netrw_cygdrive . '/\(.\)', '\1:', '')
+        " remove trailing slash (Win95)
+        let path = substitute(path, '\(\\\|/\)$', '', 'g')
+        " remove escaped spaces
+        let path = substitute(path, '\ ', ' ', 'g')
+        " convert slashes to backslashes
+        let path = substitute(path, '/', '\', 'g')
+    else
+        let path = a:path
+    endif
+
+    return path
+endfunction
+
+" }}}
+
+" vim:ts=8 sts=4 sw=4 et fdm=marker
@@ -1,9 +1,7 @@
-" FUNCTIONS IN THIS FILES ARE MENT TO BE USE BY NETRW.VIM AND NETRW.VIM ONLY.
-" THIS FUNCTIONS DON'T COMMIT TO ANY BACKWARDS COMPATABILITY. SO CHANGES AND
+" FUNCTIONS IN THIS FILE ARE MEANT TO BE USED BY NETRW.VIM AND NETRW.VIM ONLY.
+" THESE FUNCTIONS DON'T COMMIT TO ANY BACKWARDS COMPATIBILITY. SO CHANGES AND
 " BREAKAGES IF USED OUTSIDE OF NETRW.VIM ARE EXPECTED.

-" General: {{{
-
 let s:deprecation_msgs = []
 function! netrw#own#Deprecate(name, version, alternatives)
    " If running on neovim use vim.deprecate
@@ -29,33 +27,4 @@ function! netrw#own#Deprecate(name, version, alternatives)
    call add(s:deprecation_msgs, a:name)
 endfunction

-function! netrw#own#Open(file) abort
-    if has('nvim')
-        call luaeval('vim.ui.open(_A[1]) and nil', [a:file])
-    else
-        call dist#vim9#Open(a:file)
-    endif
-endfunction
-
-" }}}
-" Path Utilities: {{{
-
-let s:slash = &shellslash ? '/' : '\'
-
-function! netrw#own#PathJoin(...)
-    let path = ""
-
-    for arg in a:000
-        if empty(path)
-            let path = arg
-        else
-            let path .= s:slash . arg
-        endif
-    endfor
-
-    return path
-endfunction
-
-" }}}
-
 " vim:ts=8 sts=4 sw=4 et fdm=marker
@@ -0,0 +1,48 @@
+" FUNCTIONS IN THIS FILE ARE MEANT TO BE USED BY NETRW.VIM AND NETRW.VIM ONLY.
+" THESE FUNCTIONS DON'T COMMIT TO ANY BACKWARDS COMPATIBILITY. SO CHANGES AND
+" BREAKAGES IF USED OUTSIDE OF NETRW.VIM ARE EXPECTED.
+
+" netrw#os#Execute: executes a string using "!" {{{
+
+function! netrw#os#Execute(cmd)
+    if has("win32") && exepath(&shell) !~? '\v[\/]?(cmd|pwsh|powershell)(\.exe)?$' && !g:netrw_cygwin
+        let savedShell=[&shell,&shellcmdflag,&shellxquote,&shellxescape,&shellquote,&shellpipe,&shellredir,&shellslash]
+        set shell& shellcmdflag& shellxquote& shellxescape&
+        set shellquote& shellpipe& shellredir& shellslash&
+        try
+            execute a:cmd
+        finally
+            let [&shell,&shellcmdflag,&shellxquote,&shellxescape,&shellquote,&shellpipe,&shellredir,&shellslash] = savedShell
+        endtry
+    else
+        execute a:cmd
+    endif
+
+    if v:shell_error
+        call netrw#ErrorMsg(netrw#LogLevel('ERROR'), "shell signalled an error", 106)
+    endif
+endfunction
+
+" }}}
+" netrw#os#Escape: shellescape(), or special windows handling {{{
+
+function! netrw#os#Escape(string, ...)
+    return has('win32') && empty($SHELL) && &shellslash
+        \ ? printf('"%s"', substitute(a:string, '"', '""', 'g'))
+        \ : shellescape(a:string, a:0 > 0 ? a:1 : 0)
+endfunction
+
+" }}}
+" netrw#os#Open: open file with os viewer (eg. xdg-open) {{{
+
+function! netrw#os#Open(file) abort
+    if has('nvim')
+        call luaeval('vim.ui.open(_A[1]) and nil', [a:file])
+    else
+        call dist#vim9#Open(a:file)
+    endif
+endfunction
+
+" }}}
+
+" vim:ts=8 sts=4 sw=4 et fdm=marker
@@ -15,7 +15,7 @@ if &cp || exists("g:loaded_netrwSettings")
    finish
 endif

-let g:loaded_netrwSettings = "v177"
+let g:loaded_netrwSettings = "v179"

 " NetrwSettings: {{{

@@ -1447,7 +1447,7 @@ With a "dirname", the specified directory name is used.
 The "gn" map will take the word below the cursor and use that for
 changing the top of the tree listing.

-
+							*netrw-curdir*
 DELETING BOOKMARKS					*netrw-mB* {{{2

 To delete a bookmark, use >
@@ -15,7 +15,7 @@ if &cp || exists("g:loaded_netrwPlugin")
    finish
 endif

-let g:loaded_netrwPlugin = "v177"
+let g:loaded_netrwPlugin = "v179"

 let s:keepcpo = &cpo
 set cpo&vim
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 " nohlsearch.vim: Auto turn off hlsearch
-" Last Change: 2024-07-31
+" Last Change: 2025-03-08
 " Maintainer: Maxim Kim <habamax@gmail.com>
 "
 " turn off hlsearch after:
@@ -11,10 +11,14 @@ if exists('g:loaded_nohlsearch')
 endif
 let g:loaded_nohlsearch = 1

+func! s:Nohlsearch()
+    if v:hlsearch
+        call feedkeys("\<cmd>nohlsearch\<cr>", 'm')
+    endif
+endfunc
+
 augroup nohlsearch
    au!
-    noremap <Plug>(nohlsearch) <cmd>nohlsearch<cr>
-    noremap! <Plug>(nohlsearch) <cmd>nohlsearch<cr>
-    au CursorHold * call feedkeys("\<Plug>(nohlsearch)", 'm')
-    au InsertEnter * call feedkeys("\<Plug>(nohlsearch)", 'm')
+    au CursorHold * call s:Nohlsearch()
+    au InsertEnter * call s:Nohlsearch()
 augroup END
@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
 " Vim plugin for editing compressed files.
 " Maintainer:	The Vim Project <https://github.com/vim/vim>
-" Last Change:	2025 Feb 06
+" Last Change:	2025 Feb 28
 " Former Maintainer:	Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>

 " Exit quickly when:
@@ -20,11 +20,12 @@ augroup gzip
  " The functions are defined in autoload/gzip.vim.
  "
  " Set binary mode before reading the file.
-  autocmd BufReadPre,FileReadPre	*.gz,*.bz2,*.Z,*.lzma,*.xz,*.lz,*.zst,*.br,*.lzo,*.lz4 setlocal bin
+  autocmd BufReadPre,FileReadPre	*.gz,*.bz2,*.bz3,*.Z,*.lzma,*.xz,*.lz,*.zst,*.br,*.lzo,*.lz4 setlocal bin

  " Use "gzip -d" and similar commands, gunzip isn't always available.
  autocmd BufReadPost,FileReadPost	*.br call gzip#read("brotli -d --rm")
  autocmd BufReadPost,FileReadPost	*.bz2 call gzip#read("bzip2 -d")
+  autocmd BufReadPost,FileReadPost	*.bz3 call gzip#read("bzip3 -d")
  autocmd BufReadPost,FileReadPost	*.gz  call gzip#read("gzip -dn")
  autocmd BufReadPost,FileReadPost	*.lz  call gzip#read("lzip -d")
  autocmd BufReadPost,FileReadPost	*.lz4 call gzip#read("lz4 -d -q --rm")
@@ -36,6 +37,7 @@ augroup gzip

  autocmd BufWritePost,FileWritePost	*.br  call gzip#write("brotli --rm")
  autocmd BufWritePost,FileWritePost	*.bz2 call gzip#write("bzip2")
+  autocmd BufWritePost,FileWritePost	*.bz3 call gzip#write("bzip3")
  autocmd BufWritePost,FileWritePost	*.gz  call gzip#write("gzip")
  autocmd BufWritePost,FileWritePost	*.lz  call gzip#write("lzip")
  autocmd BufWritePost,FileWritePost	*.lz4  call gzip#write("lz4 -q --rm")
@@ -47,6 +49,7 @@ augroup gzip

  autocmd FileAppendPre			*.br call gzip#appre("brotli -d --rm")
  autocmd FileAppendPre			*.bz2 call gzip#appre("bzip2 -d")
+  autocmd FileAppendPre			*.bz3 call gzip#appre("bzip3 -d")
  autocmd FileAppendPre			*.gz  call gzip#appre("gzip -dn")
  autocmd FileAppendPre			*.lz   call gzip#appre("lzip -d")
  autocmd FileAppendPre			*.lz4 call gzip#appre("lz4 -d -q --rm")
@@ -58,6 +61,7 @@ augroup gzip

  autocmd FileAppendPost		*.br call gzip#write("brotli --rm")
  autocmd FileAppendPost		*.bz2 call gzip#write("bzip2")
+  autocmd FileAppendPost		*.bz3 call gzip#write("bzip3")
  autocmd FileAppendPost		*.gz  call gzip#write("gzip")
  autocmd FileAppendPost		*.lz call gzip#write("lzip")
  autocmd FileAppendPost		*.lz4 call gzip#write("lz4 --rm")
@@ -1,12 +1,13 @@
 " Vim plugin for showing matching parens
 " Maintainer:	The Vim Project <https://github.com/vim/vim>
-" Last Change:	2024 May 18
+" Last Change:	2025 Mar 14
 " Former Maintainer:	Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>

 " Exit quickly when:
 " - this plugin was already loaded (or disabled)
 " - when 'compatible' is set
-if exists("g:loaded_matchparen") || &cp
+" - Vim has no support for :defer
+if exists("g:loaded_matchparen") || &cp || exists(":defer") != 2
  finish
 endif
 let g:loaded_matchparen = 1
@@ -21,17 +22,13 @@ if !exists("g:matchparen_disable_cursor_hl")
  let g:matchparen_disable_cursor_hl = 0
 endif

-let s:has_matchaddpos = exists('*matchaddpos')
-
 augroup matchparen
  " Replace all matchparen autocommands
  autocmd! CursorMoved,CursorMovedI,WinEnter,WinScrolled * call s:Highlight_Matching_Pair()
  autocmd! BufWinEnter * autocmd SafeState * ++once call s:Highlight_Matching_Pair()
  autocmd! WinLeave,BufLeave * call s:Remove_Matches()
-  if exists('##TextChanged')
-    autocmd! TextChanged,TextChangedI * call s:Highlight_Matching_Pair()
-    autocmd! TextChangedP * call s:Remove_Matches()
-  endif
+  autocmd! TextChanged,TextChangedI * call s:Highlight_Matching_Pair()
+  autocmd! TextChangedP * call s:Remove_Matches()
 augroup END

 " Skip the rest if it was already done.
@@ -97,19 +94,25 @@ func s:Highlight_Matching_Pair()
  " Find the match.  When it was just before the cursor move it there for a
  " moment.
  if before > 0
-    let has_getcurpos = exists("*getcurpos")
-    if has_getcurpos
-      " getcurpos() is more efficient but doesn't exist before 7.4.313.
-      let save_cursor = getcurpos()
-    else
-      let save_cursor = winsaveview()
-    endif
+    let save_cursor = getcurpos()
    call cursor(c_lnum, c_col - before)
+    defer setpos('.', save_cursor)
  endif

  if !has("syntax") || !exists("g:syntax_on")
    let s_skip = "0"
  else
+    " do not attempt to match when the syntax item where the cursor is
+    " indicates there does not exist a matching parenthesis, e.g. for shells
+    " case statement: "case $var in foobar)"
+    "
+    " add the check behind a filetype check, so it only needs to be
+    " evaluated for certain filetypes
+    if ['sh']->index(&filetype) >= 0 &&
+        \ synstack(".", col("."))->indexof({_, id -> synIDattr(id, "name")
+        \ =~? "shSnglCase"}) >= 0
+      return
+    endif
    " Build an expression that detects whether the current cursor position is
    " in certain syntax types (string, comment, etc.), for use as
    " searchpairpos()'s skip argument.
@@ -181,30 +184,12 @@ func s:Highlight_Matching_Pair()
    let [m_lnum, m_col] = searchpairpos(c, '', c2, s_flags, s_skip, stopline)
  endtry

-  if before > 0
-    if has_getcurpos
-      call setpos('.', save_cursor)
-    else
-      call winrestview(save_cursor)
-    endif
-  endif
-
  " If a match is found setup match highlighting.
-  if m_lnum > 0 && m_lnum >= stoplinetop && m_lnum <= stoplinebottom 
-    if s:has_matchaddpos
-      if !g:matchparen_disable_cursor_hl
-        call add(w:matchparen_ids, matchaddpos('MatchParen', [[c_lnum, c_col - before], [m_lnum, m_col]], 10))
-      else
-        call add(w:matchparen_ids, matchaddpos('MatchParen', [[m_lnum, m_col]], 10))
-      endif
+  if m_lnum > 0 && m_lnum >= stoplinetop && m_lnum <= stoplinebottom
+    if !g:matchparen_disable_cursor_hl
+      call add(w:matchparen_ids, matchaddpos('MatchParen', [[c_lnum, c_col - before], [m_lnum, m_col]], 10))
    else
-      if !g:matchparen_disable_cursor_hl
-        exe '3match MatchParen /\(\%' . c_lnum . 'l\%' . (c_col - before) .
-              \ 'c\)\|\(\%' . m_lnum . 'l\%' . m_col . 'c\)/'
-      else
-        exe '3match MatchParen /\(\%' . m_lnum . 'l\%' . m_col . 'c\)/'
-      endif
-      call add(w:matchparen_ids, 3)
+      call add(w:matchparen_ids, matchaddpos('MatchParen', [[m_lnum, m_col]], 10))
    endif
    let w:paren_hl_on = 1
  endif
@@ -38,6 +38,7 @@ augroup tar
  au BufReadCmd   *.lrp			call tar#Browse(expand("<amatch>"))
  au BufReadCmd   *.tar			call tar#Browse(expand("<amatch>"))
  au BufReadCmd   *.tar.bz2		call tar#Browse(expand("<amatch>"))
+  au BufReadCmd   *.tar.bz3		call tar#Browse(expand("<amatch>"))
  au BufReadCmd   *.tar.gz		call tar#Browse(expand("<amatch>"))
  au BufReadCmd   *.tar.lz4		call tar#Browse(expand("<amatch>"))
  au BufReadCmd   *.tar.lzma		call tar#Browse(expand("<amatch>"))
@@ -29,17 +29,17 @@ com! -nargs=0                VimballList					call vimball#Vimball(0)
 com! -nargs=* -complete=dir  RmVimball						call vimball#SaveSettings()|call vimball#RmVimball(<f-args>)|call vimball#RestoreSettings()
 augroup Vimball
 au!
- au BufEnter  *.vba,*.vba.gz,*.vba.bz2,*.vba.zip,*.vba.xz
+ au BufEnter  *.vba,*.vba.gz,*.vba.bz2,*.vba.bz3,*.vba.zip,*.vba.xz
 	   \ if getline(1) =~ '^" Vimball Archiver' |
 	   \  setlocal bt=nofile fmr=[[[,]]] fdm=marker|if &ff != 'unix'|setlocal ma ff=unix noma|endif|if line('$') > 1|call vimball#ShowMesg(0, "Source this file to extract it! (:so %)")|endif |
 	   \ endif
- au SourceCmd *.vba.gz,*.vba.bz2,*.vba.zip,*.vba.xz			let s:origfile=expand("%")|if expand("%")!=expand("<afile>") | exe "1sp" fnameescape(expand("<afile>"))|endif|call vimball#Decompress(expand("<amatch>"))|so %|if s:origfile!=expand("<afile>")|close|endif
+ au SourceCmd *.vba.gz,*.vba.bz2,*.vba.bz3,*.vba.zip,*.vba.xz			let s:origfile=expand("%")|if expand("%")!=expand("<afile>") | exe "1sp" fnameescape(expand("<afile>"))|endif|call vimball#Decompress(expand("<amatch>"))|so %|if s:origfile!=expand("<afile>")|close|endif
 au SourceCmd *.vba											if expand("%")!=expand("<afile>") | exe "1sp" fnameescape(expand("<afile>"))|call vimball#Vimball(1)|close|else|call vimball#Vimball(1)|endif
- au BufEnter  *.vmb,*.vmb.gz,*.vmb.bz2,*.vmb.zip,*.vmb.xz
+ au BufEnter  *.vmb,*.vmb.gz,*.vmb.bz2,*.vmb.bz3,*.vmb.zip,*.vmb.xz
 	   \ if getline(1) =~ '^" Vimball Archiver' |
 	   \  setlocal bt=nofile fmr=[[[,]]] fdm=marker|if &ff != 'unix'|setlocal ma ff=unix noma|endif|if line('$') > 1|call vimball#ShowMesg(0,"Source this file to extract it! (:so %)")|endif |
 	   \ endif
- au SourceCmd *.vmb.gz,*.vmb.bz2,*.vmb.zip,*.vmb.xz			let s:origfile=expand("%")|if expand("%")!=expand("<afile>") | exe "1sp" fnameescape(expand("<afile>"))|endif|call vimball#Decompress(expand("<amatch>"))|so %|if s:origfile!=expand("<afile>")|close|endif
+ au SourceCmd *.vmb.gz,*.vmb.bz2,*.vmb.bz3,*.vmb.zip,*.vmb.xz			let s:origfile=expand("%")|if expand("%")!=expand("<afile>") | exe "1sp" fnameescape(expand("<afile>"))|endif|call vimball#Decompress(expand("<amatch>"))|so %|if s:origfile!=expand("<afile>")|close|endif
 au SourceCmd *.vmb											if expand("%")!=expand("<afile>") | exe "1sp" fnameescape(expand("<afile>"))|call vimball#Vimball(1)|close|else|call vimball#Vimball(1)|endif
 augroup END

@@ -2,7 +2,7 @@
 " This file is normally sourced from menu.vim.
 "
 " Maintainer:		The Vim Project <https://github.com/vim/vim>
-" Last Change:		2024 Jan 04
+" Last Change:		2025 Mar 09
 " Former Maintainer:	Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>

 " Define the SetSyn function, used for the Syntax menu entries.
@@ -578,26 +578,27 @@ an 50.150.190 &Syntax.T.TealInfo :cal SetSyn("tli")<CR>
 an 50.150.200 &Syntax.T.Telix\ Salt :cal SetSyn("tsalt")<CR>
 an 50.150.210 &Syntax.T.Termcap/Printcap :cal SetSyn("ptcap")<CR>
 an 50.150.220 &Syntax.T.Terminfo :cal SetSyn("terminfo")<CR>
-an 50.150.230 &Syntax.T.Tera\ Term :cal SetSyn("teraterm")<CR>
-an 50.150.240 &Syntax.T.TeX.TeX/LaTeX :cal SetSyn("tex")<CR>
-an 50.150.250 &Syntax.T.TeX.plain\ TeX :cal SetSyn("plaintex")<CR>
-an 50.150.260 &Syntax.T.TeX.Initex :cal SetSyn("initex")<CR>
-an 50.150.270 &Syntax.T.TeX.ConTeXt :cal SetSyn("context")<CR>
-an 50.150.280 &Syntax.T.TeX.TeX\ configuration :cal SetSyn("texmf")<CR>
-an 50.150.290 &Syntax.T.TeX.Texinfo :cal SetSyn("texinfo")<CR>
-an 50.150.300 &Syntax.T.TF\ mud\ client :cal SetSyn("tf")<CR>
-an 50.150.310 &Syntax.T.Tidy\ configuration :cal SetSyn("tidy")<CR>
-an 50.150.320 &Syntax.T.Tilde :cal SetSyn("tilde")<CR>
-an 50.150.330 &Syntax.T.Tmux\ configuration :cal SetSyn("tmux")<CR>
-an 50.150.340 &Syntax.T.TPP :cal SetSyn("tpp")<CR>
-an 50.150.350 &Syntax.T.Trasys\ input :cal SetSyn("trasys")<CR>
-an 50.150.360 &Syntax.T.Treetop :cal SetSyn("treetop")<CR>
-an 50.150.370 &Syntax.T.Trustees :cal SetSyn("trustees")<CR>
-an 50.150.380 &Syntax.T.TSS.Command\ Line :cal SetSyn("tsscl")<CR>
-an 50.150.390 &Syntax.T.TSS.Geometry :cal SetSyn("tssgm")<CR>
-an 50.150.400 &Syntax.T.TSS.Optics :cal SetSyn("tssop")<CR>
-an 50.150.410 &Syntax.T.Typescript :cal SetSyn("typescript")<CR>
-an 50.150.420 &Syntax.T.TypescriptReact :cal SetSyn("typescriptreact")<CR>
+an 50.150.230 &Syntax.T.Tera :cal SetSyn("tera")<CR>
+an 50.150.240 &Syntax.T.Tera\ Term :cal SetSyn("teraterm")<CR>
+an 50.150.250 &Syntax.T.TeX.TeX/LaTeX :cal SetSyn("tex")<CR>
+an 50.150.260 &Syntax.T.TeX.plain\ TeX :cal SetSyn("plaintex")<CR>
+an 50.150.270 &Syntax.T.TeX.Initex :cal SetSyn("initex")<CR>
+an 50.150.280 &Syntax.T.TeX.ConTeXt :cal SetSyn("context")<CR>
+an 50.150.290 &Syntax.T.TeX.TeX\ configuration :cal SetSyn("texmf")<CR>
+an 50.150.300 &Syntax.T.TeX.Texinfo :cal SetSyn("texinfo")<CR>
+an 50.150.310 &Syntax.T.TF\ mud\ client :cal SetSyn("tf")<CR>
+an 50.150.320 &Syntax.T.Tidy\ configuration :cal SetSyn("tidy")<CR>
+an 50.150.330 &Syntax.T.Tilde :cal SetSyn("tilde")<CR>
+an 50.150.340 &Syntax.T.Tmux\ configuration :cal SetSyn("tmux")<CR>
+an 50.150.350 &Syntax.T.TPP :cal SetSyn("tpp")<CR>
+an 50.150.360 &Syntax.T.Trasys\ input :cal SetSyn("trasys")<CR>
+an 50.150.370 &Syntax.T.Treetop :cal SetSyn("treetop")<CR>
+an 50.150.380 &Syntax.T.Trustees :cal SetSyn("trustees")<CR>
+an 50.150.390 &Syntax.T.TSS.Command\ Line :cal SetSyn("tsscl")<CR>
+an 50.150.400 &Syntax.T.TSS.Geometry :cal SetSyn("tssgm")<CR>
+an 50.150.410 &Syntax.T.TSS.Optics :cal SetSyn("tssop")<CR>
+an 50.150.420 &Syntax.T.Typescript :cal SetSyn("typescript")<CR>
+an 50.150.430 &Syntax.T.TypescriptReact :cal SetSyn("typescriptreact")<CR>
 an 50.160.100 &Syntax.UV.Udev\ config :cal SetSyn("udevconf")<CR>
 an 50.160.110 &Syntax.UV.Udev\ permissions :cal SetSyn("udevperm")<CR>
 an 50.160.120 &Syntax.UV.Udev\ rules :cal SetSyn("udevrules")<CR>
--- a/Show More
+++ b/Show More